You are on page 1of 230

Alcatel-Lucent 7670

ROUTING SWITCH PLATFORM | RELEASE 7.1


GENERAL INFORMATION
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is
subject to change without notice.
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All
other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Copyright 2007 Alcatel-Lucent.


All rights reserved.

Disclaimers

Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design
engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous
environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft
navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life-support machines, or weapons
systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical
or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution
of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at
the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from
any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the
use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications.
This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent
products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent
tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer
to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and contact the supplier for
confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete
information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products.
However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for
Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by
Alcatel-Lucent and its customers.
This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the
English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.

PRINTED ON
RECYCLED PAPER
Preface
Alcatel-Lucent provides end-to-end communications solutions, enabling
carriers, service providers, and enterprises to deliver content to any type of
user, anywhere in the world. Leveraging its long-term leadership in
telecommunications network equipment as well as its expertise in innovative
applications and network services, Alcatel-Lucent enables its customers to
focus on optimizing their service offerings and revenue streams.

The 7670 Routing Switch Platform (7670 RSP) is a highly scalable and
configurable switching and routing platform designed to provide carriers with
the utmost flexibility to capitalize on revenue-generating opportunities.
Optimized to concurrently and reliably support multiple IP/MPLS and ATM
services, the 7670 RSP delivers IP VPN, VoIP, and video services, as well as
existing data services, while maintaining stringent service-level agreements.
The 7670 RSP is also a key enabler in network architecture migration to the
next-generation multiservice network with MPLS. By integrating both
IP/MPLS and ATM control planes on a high-availability architecture that can
scale without service disruption, Alcatel-Lucent has designed a best-in-class,
data networking platform to deliver reliable, carrier-class services.

This general information book describes Release 7.1 of the 7670 RSP in nine
chapters:
• Chapter 1 “7670 RSP overview”
• Chapter 2 “7670 RSP new features overview”
• Chapter 3 “7670 RSP network applications”
• Chapter 4 “ATM on the 7670 RSP”
• Chapter 5 “IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP”
• Chapter 6 “7670 RSP system architecture”
• Chapter 7 “7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy”
• Chapter 8 “7670 RSP security features”
• Chapter 9 “7670 RSP system management”

Appendix A lists all the standards and specifications with which the 7670 RSP
is in compliance.

iii
Preface

Appendix B lists the 7670 RSP physical characteristics and performance parameters.

For information about how to install, use, and maintain the 7670 RSP, see the 7670
Routing Switch Platform Technical Practices, Release 7.1.

iv
Contents
1 7670 RSP overview ......................................................................... 1
Introduction....................................................................................................................2
Key operator benefits and product capabilities..........................................................2

2 7670 RSP new features overview..................................................... 5


New features...................................................................................................................6

3 7670 RSP network applications ....................................................... 7


Mobile transport infrastructure....................................................................................8
3G mobile aggregation and backhaul...........................................................................8
Converged network transport for 2G, 2.5G, and 3G ............................................... 14
Alcatel-Lucent’s multiservice IP/MPLS portfolio for mobile networks ................. 16
VPNs over the 7670 RSP............................................................................................ 18
Layer 2 VPNs with Ethernet and frame relay to ATM access on the 7670 RSP .. 20
IP VPNs on the 7670 RSP .......................................................................................... 27
Application architectures........................................................................................... 27
IPv6 services................................................................................................................ 29
MPLS convergence ..................................................................................................... 30
Broadband aggregation .............................................................................................. 34
High-speed Internet access with the 7670 RSP....................................................... 35
Voice over broadband................................................................................................. 36
Video services using existing DSL and multiservice IP networks ......................... 38
VoP using multiservice IP networks.......................................................................... 45

4 ATM on the 7670 RSP.................................................................... 49


ATM switching architecture....................................................................................... 50
Cross-connections....................................................................................................... 50
IMA ............................................................................................................................... 52
ILMI 4.0 ........................................................................................................................ 53

v
Contents

PNNI routing ............................................................................................................... 53


Standardized AINI support ........................................................................................ 55
Connection resource display ..................................................................................... 56
OAM PM....................................................................................................................... 56
Traffic management capabilities................................................................................ 56

5 IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP.............................................................. 61


MPLS overview............................................................................................................ 62
S-LSPs .......................................................................................................................... 64
MPLS signaling protocols........................................................................................... 65
S-LSP path modification without break.................................................................... 66
S-LSP tunnels.............................................................................................................. 66
S-LSP protection......................................................................................................... 67
MPLS OAM .................................................................................................................. 68
IP data plane................................................................................................................ 68
IP routing support....................................................................................................... 73
IP multicast.................................................................................................................. 76
IPv6............................................................................................................................... 79
IP VPNs (Layer 3 VPNs) ............................................................................................ 81
Pseudowires ................................................................................................................ 83

6 7670 RSP system architecture ........................................................ 85


Architecture principles............................................................................................... 86
System configurations ................................................................................................ 87
Single-shelf system overview..................................................................................... 87
Multishelf system overview........................................................................................ 91
Switching shelf ............................................................................................................ 95
Peripheral shelf ........................................................................................................... 96
In-service single-shelf to multishelf upgrade ........................................................... 98
Line cards and I/O cards............................................................................................. 99

7 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy ................................ 105


Introduction............................................................................................................... 106
Infrastructure ............................................................................................................ 106
Control plane redundancy ....................................................................................... 111
Data plane redundancy ............................................................................................ 111

8 7670 RSP security features .......................................................... 115


Introduction............................................................................................................... 116
Platform security....................................................................................................... 116
Data plane security................................................................................................... 118
Routing plane security.............................................................................................. 119
Management plane security..................................................................................... 120

vi
Contents

Combatting security threats .................................................................................... 126

9 7670 RSP system management .................................................... 127


Integrated Layer 2 and Layer 3 management........................................................ 128
External management.............................................................................................. 128
Internal management ............................................................................................... 129

A 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications....................... 133

B 7670 RSP component features ..................................................... 155

Glossary .............................................................................................. 173

Index ................................................................................................... 215

vii
Contents

viii
7670 RSP overview
This chapter provides an overview of the 7670 RSP, including:
• “Introduction”
• “Key operator benefits and product capabilities”

1
1. 7670 RSP overview

Introduction
The 7670 RSP is a highly reliable, scalable, and field-proven routing and
switching platform. It enables fixed and mobile operators to leverage their
existing multiservice infrastructure to create a next-generation carrier-class
infrastructure, capable of delivering premium, guaranteed-QoS services based
on Ethernet, IPv4 or IPv6, and MPLS. For 3G mobile operators, the 7670 RSP
represents a cornerstone for scalable, cost-optimized and future-proofed
mobile Radio Access Network (RAN) aggregation and backhaul. The 7670 RSP
integrates IP/MPLS and ATM/PNNI control planes on a high-availability, fully
redundant architecture, and can simultaneously support Layer 2 and Layer 3
services, including Layer 2 VPNs and Layer 3 (IP/MPLS) VPNs.

With its ability to deliver existing legacy services, as well as new and reliable
IP/MPLS and Ethernet services independently of underlying technologies, the
7670 RSP becomes a bridge to enable evolution to a converged IP/MPLS-based
network. In addition, the industry-leading Alcatel-Lucent 5620 network
management portfolio delivers innovative tools to manage critical, real-time
voice, data and multimedia traffic, including end-to-end service interworking
across different networks and technologies.

Key operator benefits and product capabilities


The 7670 RSP offers:
• high availability of common platform infrastructure, cards, interfaces, and
services
• in-service platform scalability
• unmatched flexibility of services and interfaces
• future-proof network transformation to IP/MPLS
• a common management system for Layer 2 and Layer 3 interfaces

Table 1 lists the key benefits for fixed and mobile operators and the main
product capabilities of the 7670 RSP.

2
1. 7670 RSP overview

Table 1: Key operator benefits and product capabilities

Key operator benefit Product capability


High-availability, High-availability architecture:
telecommmunications • hitless software upgrades
architecture with no single
point of failure • hardware redundancy
• control redundancy: 1+1 redundant call
processing, billing, routing, network data
collection, and node control
• 1+1 APS protection with no service hit to Layer
2 and Layer 3 services
• fast reroutes for LSPs and VCs
• SRRP interface protection
• non-stop routing for BGP, OSPF, IS-IS, and RIP
• non-stop VRF routing for BGP, OSPF, RIP, and
static routes
• non-stop forwarding
• non-stop IP multicast
• non-stop RSVP-TE signaling
• non-stop DHCP relay agent
• non-stop IMA
• circuit emulation support on the Edge Services
Card (ESC)
• hot standby for PNNI routing and signaling
• nonstop MPLS signaling, LDP graceful restart
• BGP and OSPF graceful restart helper
• end-to-end LSP protection (fast reroute)
• hitless "make before break" LSP modification
• IEEE 802.3ad link aggregation on Gigabit
Ethernet line card with LACP
• alarm logs and remote alarm signaling
• resiliency equivalent to leased lines for Layer 3
networks
In-service scaling from In-service, flexible system expansion:
50 Gb/s to 450 Gb/s • scalable switching fabric from 50 Gb/s to
450 Gb/s (full duplex, redundant, APS
enabled)
• 100 000 IP interfaces supported per node
• unsurpassed IP routing convergence speed
• single Peripheral shelf deployable as
standalone (50 Gb/s)
• 14 universal, multiprotocol IP/MPLS/ATM slots,
each supporting 2.5 Gb/s (user I/O) per
Peripheral shelf
• capacity for up to 14 additional Peripheral
shelves for growth
• Switching shelf with switching fabric for high-
capacity nodes (scales to full duplex 450 Gb/s
providing 32 Gb/s user I/O)

(1 of 2)

3
1. 7670 RSP overview

Key operator benefit Product capability


Delivery of any Layer 2 and Flexible multiprotocol capabilities:
Layer 3 service over any • IP/MPLS and ATM/PNNI
access for unmatched
flexibility and revenue capture • Ethernet-to-ATM service interworking over ATM
or MPLS
• Ethernet-to-frame relay service interworking
over ATM or MPLS
• full data plane transparency for frame relay
and/or ATM transport over MPLS
• support for any protocol over any access
Controlled, step-by-step Features that enable evolution to MPLS:
transformation to converged, • multiprotocol interfaces with simultaneous
multiservice MPLS support for POS and ATM over one physical
infrastructure enabled by a interface
dual control plane
• separate control planes for MPLS and ATM
signaling
• LER and LSR support
• LSP signaling RSVP-TE and LDP-DU with explicit
route reservation
• Ethernet, ATM, and IP pseudowire support as
per IETF PWE3
• network interworking that enables
IP/MPLS-based services over ATM networks
and ATM-based services over IP/MPLS
networks
Common management system Common network and service management system
extends and simplifies existing for Layer 2 and Layer 3 services:
operational procedures to • automated service provisioning
new services
• monitoring and enforcement of SLAs
• open interfaces that enable simple integration
into any OSS environment
• end-to-end provisioning of LSPs and VCs

(2 of 2)

4
7670 RSP new features overview
This chapter provides an overview of new features introduced in 7670 RSP
Release 7.1.

5
2. 7670 RSP new features overview

New features
Table 2 lists the latest features in Release 7.1 of the 7670 RSP.

Table 2: 7670 RSP features

Category Feature
ATM TDM circuit emulation on the ESC
IP/MPLS 6VPE functionality
Multisession ping
Self ping and rapid ping

Release 7.1 enhances the Edge Services Card (ESC) by adding support for two
OC12/STM4 I/O interface ports as well as the existing support for OC3/STM1
interfaces. These higher speed interfaces offer customers of the 7670 RSP
increased flexibility of deployment.

Release 7.1 introduces TDM circuit emulation to the ESC. TDM circuit
emulation allows TDM devices with channelized DS1 interfaces to connect to
the RSP. In the mobile backhaul application, this capability, when used with
the existing implementation of ATM and non-stop IMA, enables the ESC and
the 7670 RSP to further optimize the resources and connectivity models within
the mobile telephone switching office (MTSO) for further cost improvements
and optimization of mobile backhaul.

In Release 7.1, the IPv6 feature set is expanded with 6VPE functionality. The
6VPE feature allows operators to extend IP VPN functionality by enabling IPv6
CE routers to connect to and participate in IPv6 VPNs. With 6VPE, the
7670 RSP can add support for IPv6 VPNs while maintaining existing IPv4
VPNs, Ethernet, Layer 2 ATM VPNs, and other multiservice applications.

Release 7.1 also improves existing ICMP diagnostic tools with the multisession,
rapid, and self ping features. Multisession ping enables operators to execute
simultaneous ping commands from multiple CLI sessions. Rapid ping allows
the operator to send up to 255 ping requests and view the results in a single
message on the CLI screen. Self ping works in conjunction with ping or rapid
ping to test the connectivity of a physical loop.

6
7670 RSP network applications
This chapter provides an overview of the 7670 RSP network applications,
including:
• “Mobile transport infrastructure”
• “3G mobile aggregation and backhaul”
• “Converged network transport for 2G, 2.5G, and 3G”
• “Alcatel-Lucent’s multiservice IP/MPLS portfolio for mobile networks”
• “VPNs over the 7670 RSP”
• “Layer 2 VPNs with Ethernet and frame relay to ATM access on the
7670 RSP”
• “IP VPNs on the 7670 RSP”
• “IPv6 services”
• “MPLS convergence”
• “Broadband aggregation”
• “High-speed Internet access with the 7670 RSP”
• “Voice over broadband”
• “Video services using existing DSL and multiservice IP networks”
• “VoP using multiservice IP networks”
• “Class 4: toll office displacement”
• “Class 5: end office displacement”

7
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Mobile transport infrastructure


Mobile networks continue to experience tremendous growth, with operators
further evolving their 2.5G networks, migrating from 2G to 3G technology, or
simply introducing new 3G networks. Until now, the success of mobile
networks has been based primarily on voice services and Short Messaging
Service (SMS). However, the enhanced data capabilities introduced with 3G
technology (HSDPA, HSUPA) have provided mobile operators with the
opportunity to offer new services, such as video, voice, and high-speed
Internet access for mobile users. As a result, high-bandwidth data capabilities
are being incorporated into mobile networks as a “must-have” for mobile
operators who want to stay competitive.

It is widely acknowledged that 3G and 4G services will be multimedia-based


and that a highly reliable network infrastructure will be required to deliver a
multitude of new, high-QoS, high-bandwidth services. As a result, mobile RANs
need to offer scalability to accommodate the increased data requirements.

The 7670 RSP allows for the creation of mobile transport architectures with
multimedia capabilities, including multiple concurrent voice and high-speed
packet data, with sophisticated QoS management capabilities. The 7670 RSP is
the cornerstone of Alcatel-Lucent’s multiservice solution for mobile operators,
providing a cost-effective solution to optimize and scale a mobile RAN, while
delivering high-value, reliable, and premium services. It also enables mobile
operators to evolve to a future-proof, all-IP network architecture, while
continuing to support existing networking protocols.

Global market requirements


Mobile operators have been focused on creating efficient 3G network
architectures to extend their service offerings from voice and SMS to a wider
range of multimedia services based on higher data speeds. In some developing
environments and high-growth economies, new mobile infrastructures are
seen as partial or full replacements for inadequate fixed network
infrastructures. Globally, Alcatel-Lucent plays a leading role in the overall IP
network transformation.

The 7670 RSP solution for 3G mobile operators has become widely accepted
and deployed by a number of global mobile operators. Operators begin by
implementing cost-effective ATM-based mobile UMTS RAN aggregation and
gradually evolve to all-IP.

Some typical scenarios for 7670 RSP deployments in mobile networks are
shown in the following section.

3G mobile aggregation and backhaul


To meet the needs of high-capacity 3G mobile aggregation and backhaul, the
7670 RSP delivers the Edge Services Card (ESC). This solution is optimized for
the needs of 3G mobile operators who are consolidating, enhancing, or
improving their 3G RAN aggregation networks. By combining the rich feature

8
3. 7670 RSP network applications

set of the 7670 RSP and the scalability and flexibility of the ESC,
Alcatel-Lucent delivers superior performance and density, carrier-class
reliability and network management, and no-risk evolution to IP/MPLS.

The ESC is fully managed end-to-end by the Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Network


Manager, addressing all key operational requirements for mobile operators,
including:
• quick and easy configuration and reconfiguration
• Node B reparenting
• real-time equipment and network management
• detailed monitoring and reporting
• remote diagnostics and troubleshooting
• integration with OSS/BSS

Together with the 7670 ESE, the 7670 RSP allows mobile operators to
implement the solution for any level of geographical concentration. For large,
centralized concentrations, the 7670 RSP is ideal, with a capacity to terminate
more than 12 000 E1 lines or 16 000 DS1 lines per system, using channelized
STM1/OC3 interface I/O cards and the ESC. For geographically remote
concentrations, the centrally located 7670 RSP nodes can extend to connect to
7670 ESE nodes, all of which are managed by the same 5620 NM. See Figure 1
for an example of mobile aggregation and backhaul using the 7670 RSP.

Both ATM-based and Ethernet-based (IP/MPLS) solutions for 3G mobile


aggregation and backhaul are possible. The 7670 RSP delivers industry-leading
ATM/IMA performance and scalability. Additionally, the 7670 RSP supports
ATM, Ethernet, and, coming in a future release, TDM pseudowires over MPLS.
These solutions allow for converged transport of 3G and legacy traffic over
new, cost-effective Ethernet-based mobile transport networks.

9
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 1: Mobile aggregation and backhaul using the 7670 RSP

PSTN

Media
Gateway
IuB (Node B)
Aggregation
Node RNC
T1/E1 NOC
B ATM IMA OAM IP
MSC Backbone
T1/E1
ATM IMA RNC
Node
B LEC
SONET/SDH OAM
T1/E1 Ring or Leased Line
ATM IMA Router
OC-12/
Node
T1/E1 STM-4ch IP/MPLS
B TDM Mobile Core
Internet
BTS 7670 RSP
OC-3/
GGSN
STM-1ch
LEC
T1/E1 SONET/SDH
TDM Ring or Leased Line
BTS OC-3/STM-1c GE

Node T1/E1
B ATM IMA SGSN GMSC

18875

Circuit emulation on the ESC


DS1 CE is a multiplexing technique that adapts circuit-switched traffic to and
from cell relay traffic at the AAL-1 layer so that DS1 traffic can be passed
transparently over an ATM network. To further lower network costs and
improve the optimization of mobile backhaul, the 7670 RSP supports
unstructured DS1 circuit emulation on the ESC.

Unstructured DS1 CE allows customers to connect DS1 circuits between TDM


ports and TDM channelized ports, or TDM channelized ports and ATM ports on
the 7670 RSP. This feature is especially ideal for mobile aggregation networks
because it allows 2G and 3G traffic to be collapsed on a single platform, thereby
reducing the cost and space requirements of maintaining multiple platforms.
See Figure 2 for an example of 3G and 2G mobile backhaul using unstructured
DS1 CE on the 7670 RSP.

10
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 2: 3G and 2G mobile backhaul using unstructured DS1 CE on the 7670 RSP

7670 RSP
ESC
TDM Channelized OC3/TDM BSC
Channelized OC12 from LEC ESC switching
2G traffic
TDM
3G traffic MSC
IMA MR48 or
ESC OC3c/ATM
ATM
IMA group
RNC
OC12c/ATM

ATM

19132

ATM-based 3G mobile UTRAN aggregation


ATM-based mobile aggregation and backhaul is the most commonly deployed
solution in UMTS networks today. To handle the increased voice and data
traffic requirements for Node Bs, the ATM-based solution deploys IMA as a
method of bundling a number of E1/T1 lines to provide one high-bandwidth
data pipe from Node B to the RNC. Figure 3 displays this solution.

Figure 3: ATM-based mobile UTRAN aggregation using the 7670 RSP

Cell Relay VPs from Node Bs


IMA IMA (nxE1/T1 Bundles) delivered over OC3/STM1c
Node B over OC3/STM1ch or OC12/STM4c
nxE1/T1
SONET/SDH
ADM
Node B nxE1/T1 RNC
7670 RSP

NBAP (AAL5)
ALCAP (AAL2)
Consolidated Node B Traffic OAM (AAL5)
Over a Single VP Sync (AAL2)
nxUser Data (AAL2)
nxUser Data (AAL2)

18873

11
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Evolution of 3G RAN aggregation to IP


The evolution of the aggregation network to IP requires minimal or no changes
on the 7670 RSP. Both the interface and protocols of the 7670 RSP are
designed to reliably support the evolution from circuit-switched to
packet-switched access technologies. The multiprotocol features of the
7670 RSP enable simultaneous support of ATM, IMA, Ethernet and
IPv4/IPv6/MPLS connections to the RAN, as shown in Figure 4. The 7670 RSP
also supports full network and service interworking for the transport of
pseudowire circuits over MPLS.

Figure 4: Evolution of 3G RAN aggregation to IP using the 7670 RSP

Node B T1/E1 RNC


ATM IMA

T1/E1
ATM IMA RNC STM-n/OC-n
Node B
ATM/IMA GE
T1/E1 Aggregation
ATM IMA
Node B T1/E1 OC12/STM4ch 7670 RSP with
TDM Edge Services Card
OC3/STM1ch

BTS

T1/E1 IP (MLPPP)
TDM Aggregation
BTS
T1/E1 IP-MPLS
MLPPP Ethernet
BTS
MPLS
Pseudowire
BTS T1/E1 ATM IMA

T1/E1 TDM 7705 SAR

Node B Ethernet
Node B

Optimization of mobile telephone switching offices (MTSO)


The 7670 RSP is an ideal solution for the optimization of MTSO and Radio
Network Controller (RNC) interfaces. The 7670 RSP can optimize the
utilization of interfaces and therefore minimize the number of interfaces
required to connect the aggregation network to the RNCs. This can
significantly reduce OPEX, since software configuration using the 5620 NM is
all that is required for reconfiguration of the interfaces towards the RNC for
Node B reparenting and for handling increased cell capacity. This optimization
solution is portrayed in Figure 5.

12
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 5: Optimization of MTSO

MTSO
Cell Site

7670 ESE RNC


RNC

Cell Site

RNC

7670 RNC
Cell Site RSP

Cell Site RNC RNC

7670 ESE

Logical RNC-Node B mapping


18872

Key benefits of using the 7670 RSP for 3G RAN aggregation


Built for carrier-class environments and for deploying high-availability features
such as non-stop routing, non-stop forwarding, and non-stop IMA, the
7670 RSP is ideal for use in 3G RAN aggregation. Several key benefits of using
the 7670 RSP in the mobile aggregation and backhaul network include:
• cost-effective, flexible, in-service scaling over a range of aggregation
requirements, from smaller aggregation points to extreme densities
(thousands of Node Bs per site)
• superior performance, with top-in-class MPLS/IP/ATM functionality and
features
• provision of services according to strict Service Level Agreements and based
on measurable QoS parameters
• carrier-class reliability, enabled by superior product hardware design and
robust software implementation
• future-proof growth from proven ATM/IMA infrastructures to multiservice
IP/MPLS-based solutions, facilitating a smooth evolution to mobile NGN and
IMS deployment
• unified management using the 5620 NM

New services can be provisioned smoothly and quickly, without disruption to


existing services, as seen in the deployment of the 7670 RSP in more than 110
mobile and fixed networks worldwide.

13
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Converged network transport for 2G, 2.5G, and 3G


Mobile operators frequently have multiple 2G and 3G network overlays. The
7670 RSP multiservice-based transport solution is widely used to create a
common, converged transport infrastructure and to assist with migration from
circuit-switched 2G to packet-switched 3G, and also with the evolution to IP.

The 7670 RSP and 7670 ESE solution can deploy a mix of transport
technologies on a discrete E1/T1 level, thereby successfully lowering the cost
of combined operation of the converged network infrastructure. By selectively
choosing the aggregation points in a network, the overall number of required
leased line or microwave transport facilities can be reduced and the cost of
transport lowered. This converged network infrastructure is displayed in
Figure 6.

Figure 6: Converged network transport for 2G, 2.5G, and 3G

UMTS terrestrial radio access Core network (CN)


network (UTRAN)

Data
BTS network
SGSN GGSN Internet
2G and
2.5G
Multiservice IP
network
3G LEC
Node B Packet domain
access ring
3G Circuit domain

7670 RSP Voice 7670 RSP


2G and network
Node B 2.5G

BTS BSC
RNC PSTN
MSC
3G MSC GMSC

Consolidated access traffic: Consolidated backbone traffic:


2G TDM - Voice 2G TDM - Voice
2.5G TDM - Voice & Data 2.5G TDM - Voice, FR/ATM/IP - Data
3G ATM or IP - Voice & Data 3G TDM/ATM/IP - Voice, ATM/IP - Data
plus FR/Ethernet/IP - OA&M, IT traffic
18876

14
3. 7670 RSP network applications

The main applications for this converged transport infrastructure are:


• ATM aggregation to and from the RNC
• frame relay transport for GPRS traffic from the BSC to the SGSN
• TDM grooming and aggregation
• voice compression for voice transport between MSCs
• voice compression for voicemail servers
• low-speed aggregation of IP services to a BB router (Ethernet, DS1/E1),
minimizing the number of ports required on the router
• PPP termination and aggregation for 3GPP R5 UTRAN
• 1+1 bidirectional protection protocol based on ITU-T G.841 Annex B and
optimized for networks using 1+1 bidirectional switching (available in a
future release)

Common aggregation network for 2G, 2.5G, and 3G


With the addition of the 7670 ESE, the 7670 RSP can provide a critical part of
the solution for 2G and 2.5G grooming and aggregation, as displayed in
Figure 7. The 7670 RSP and 7670 ESE nodes enable the transformation from
2G or 2.5G to 3G aggregation and support guaranteed QoS for voice and data
traffic. The 5620 NM provides simple point-and-click provisioning to set up
connections between nodes, through the use of customized templates.

Figure 7: Using 7670 RSP and 7670 ESE for common aggregation network

Multiple Grooming and Efficient


Access Services Concentration Handoff
Network and
Service
BTS T1/E1 TDM
Management

MTSO
ATM/IMA (nxT1/E1)
Node B OC12/STM4

7670 ESE
Microwave OC3/STM1 ch BSC
BTS Mobile
T1/E1 TDM
PoP

IP/MPLS/ 7670 RSP


Ethernet RNC
Node B RNC

Node B ATM/IMA (nxT1/E1)

18871

15
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Key benefits for converged network infrastructure


By deploying both the 7670 RSP and the 7670 ESE, mobile operators gain the
following benefits:
• the ability to provide a common environment for the transport of 2G, 2.5G, and
3G services
• a consistent service environment for reliable delivery and transport of a range
of Layer 2 and Layer 3 services
• overall transport cost optimization for mobile access networks (RAN/UTRAN),
applying optimized aggregation of Node B/BTS traffic through the deployment
of either ATM/IMA or MC/ML-PPP over SONET/SDH and Ethernet/MPLS/IP
• consistent management interface and practices, using the 5620 NM

This solution delivers superior performance and a cost-effective evolution to


IP/MPLS architecture.

Alcatel-Lucent’s multiservice IP/MPLS portfolio for mobile networks


Alcatel-Lucent’s multiservice solution for mobile operators includes the
7670 RSP, the 7670 ESE, the 7470 MSP, the PSAX portfolio of products, and
the MainStreet family of narrowband (TDM) multiplexers. These products are
field-proven, carrier-grade platforms and are perfectly suited to meeting the
QoS requirements of both voice and data services, providing a smooth
transition from TDM to ATM and IP/MPLS, and offering the required scalability
to support rapid growth.

The Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Network Manager gives operators complete control


and visibility of all their network resources and plays an important role in
enabling all of the network elements to work together.

The features and benefits of the portfolio for backhaul and transport in mobile
networks are summarized in Table 3.

Table 3: Features and benefits of the Alcatel-Lucent portfolio in mobile networks

Feature Benefits
Predictable and consistent voice Cost savings with advanced voice
quality processing
Reduced leased lines costs with voice
compression and silence suppression,
along with AAL-2 or AAL-5 transport
Reduced leased lines for access Cost savings through grooming and
backhaul aggregation
Reduced number of BSC ports Increased utilization and reduced
number of RNC interfaces
Reduced cost per port on BSC and
MSC by moving connectivity from
physical E1/T1 to channelized
STM1/OC3

(1 of 3)

16
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Feature Benefits
Network convergence of 2G, 2.5G, Network optimization with
and 3G consolidation
Reduced network complexity by
consolidating all services onto a single
platform
Network evolution supported on same Investment protection of existing
platform infrastructure
• 2G (TDM and voice transport
over AAL-1, AAL-2, or AAL-5)
• 2.5G (FR, IP, MPLS)
• 3G (IP, MPLS, ATM)
Integration of IP, MPLS, and ATM on Seamless migration to 3G services
same platform and risk mitigation
Separate control and data plane for
ATM and MPLS
Support for MPLS and native IP
forwarding
Real-time service provisioning for Simplified and more efficient
rapid service rollout operation
Faster provisioning times than
individual element management
systems
Reduced risk of operator error through
automation
Flexible billing options
Faster network engineering and
growth
Network portioning, which allows
mobile virtual network operators to
share the same infrastructure
Support for rapid fault detection and
problem isolation through extensive
OA&M capabilities
Multishelf support, enabling in-service Scalability without service impact
expansion without service impact
Backbone scalability, up to
450 Gb/s (multishelf 7670 RSP)
Support for access network interfaces
from n x 64 kb/s T1/E1 to
channelized OC3/STM1

(2 of 3)

17
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Feature Benefits
Service differentiation based on Service level assurance
service categories and QoS
Support for IP CoS and ATM QoS,
including DSCP classification
Support for per-VC traffic shaping and
queuing
QoS-based SLAs
Service consolidation support for Service flexibility with multiservice
circuit emulation, FR, ATM, Ethernet, capabilities
and POS interfaces
High-density channelized interfaces
2G, 2.5G, and 3G traffic over the
same physical links
Reduced number of elements in the
access layer with integrated
capabilities (DACS multiplexer)
Reduced time to market for new
service capabilities with the addition
of the ESC
Field-proven reliability with greater Reliability and network resiliency
than 99.999% availability
Non-stop routing, enabling the
deployment of high-availability,
carrier-class IP networks (7670 RSP)
Supported SPVCs for dynamic
reroutes around network failures
Automatic protection switching
IPv6 ready IPv6 readiness
Support for advanced 3G services,
such as IMS

(3 of 3)

As mobile networks grow and evolve from 2G to 3G, mobile operators need to
consider the next major challenge: the evolution towards the mobile NGN and
IMS, while maintaining profitability at all service levels. To accommodate
service growth, operators need to balance the goal of deploying cost-effective
3G RAN transport infrastructure, which can deliver all required services today,
with the goal to evolve to a future-proof infrastructure. Alcatel-Lucent’s
multiservice-based mobile transport solution provides an evolution path to
help operators accomplish both of these goals.

VPNs over the 7670 RSP


Alcatel-Lucent provides the industry's most complete, consolidated VPN
solution suite, which can be delivered to customers in various locations using
many different currently available access technologies (see Figure 8).

18
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 8: Access technologies used to deploy VPNs

Manufacturers

Leased
ATM
Partners line

VPN DSL

IP
Teleworker

Ethernet Frame
Relay
Suppliers

Branch office
Head office
18039

VPNs enable multiple end-user locations to be interconnected over a shared


infrastructure while providing controlled access, guaranteed bandwidth, and
security.

Over the past decade, VPNs have evolved from enterprise-driven VPNs that
enable remote users and small offices to connect to the main corporate
network over the Internet through secure tunnels, to more sophisticated
service provider-driven VPN services that are delivered over high-speed,
high-capacity, carrier IP/MPLS core networks.

The 7670 RSP can be used as a PE router, P router, or both, to deliver a full
range of service provider-based VPN services including traditional ATM and
frame relay services, flexible Ethernet-enabled Layer 2 VPN services, and
MPLS-based IP VPN services (see Figure 9).

19
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 9: Typical service provider network

P P

CE CE
PE P PE

CE CE

PE

CE CE CE
18057

Layer 2 VPNs with Ethernet and frame relay to ATM access on the 7670 RSP
Layer 2 VPNs provide Layer 2 connectivity between multiple customer sites
using point-to-point connections across a service provider network. Access to
a Layer 2 VPN is generally provided over Ethernet, frame relay, or ATM
connections. Traditional Layer 2 VPN services, including frame relay and ATM,
are supported on ATM networks and provide solid QoS and resiliency.
However, when an IP/MPLS core network is present, it is also possible to
deliver Layer 2 services in addition to Layer 3 or IP VPN services (see
Figure 10).

20
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 10: Layer 2 VPNs over MPLS or ATM networks

MPLS
PE router (over ATM, POS, PE router
Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet) Gigabit Ethernet
UNI UNI

Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet


CE router CE router
7670 RSP 7670 RSP
ATM UNI ATM ATM UNI

ATM ATM ATM ATM


CE router NNI NNI CE router

Ethernet UNI Ethernet UNI

Ethernet Ethernet
CE router CE router
ATM UNI ATM UNI

FR UNI FR UNI
ATM ATM
CE router 7670 ESE 7670 ESE CE router

FR FR
CE router CE router
18058

Benefits of Layer 2 VPNs


Layer 2 VPNs offer several benefits to both service providers and end
customers.
• Layer 2 VPNs are simple to provision and manage, because the service
provider network does not participate in routing or need to learn
end-customer Layer 3 routing information.
• With well-defined service and network interworking standards, Layer 2 VPNs
can be delivered using a variety of Layer 2 access technologies, which enables
flexible services to be designed to better meet the requirements of end
customers.
• End customers maintain autonomy over their corporate networks, with a
higher level of security against hacker attacks and other security concerns
because Layer 3 routing information is retained in-house.

The 7670 RSP supports the deployment of the following Layer 2 VPN solutions
that can be customized to meet the most demanding customer requirements:
• ATM and frame relay VPN services
• Ethernet VPN services

21
3. 7670 RSP network applications

ATM and frame relay VPNs


Frame relay is still one of the most widely used access technologies for
network-based VPNs today. Frame relay networks are simple to operate and
highly reliable. Service level agreements can be established, monitored, and
delivered with high confidence.

ATM is often associated with frame relay VPNs mainly as the core network
infrastructure for frame relay services. However, ATM is often deployed as an
enhancement to a frame relay VPN, offering higher bandwidth connectivity to
high traffic sites.

The Alcatel-Lucent portfolio of multiservice, multiprotocol products—the


7670 RSP, 7670 ESE, 7470 MSP, and PSAX —enables the deployment of frame
relay-to-ATM VPNs. These products provide channelized and unchannelized
frame relay and ATM interfaces to customers or can be used as network links.

Figure 11 shows how a frame relay-to-ATM VPN based on the Alcatel-Lucent


portfolio uses different access technologies such as ATM and frame relay.

Figure 11: Frame relay-to-ATM VPN using Alcatel-Lucent platforms

ATM IMA 5620 NM


n x T1/E1
Branch B 7670 ESE

PSAX
ATM OC3/STM1 Frame relay/DS3/E3
7670 RSP
Branch A
Customer A
HQ

Frame relay/DS3/E3 FR/ATM ATM OC3/STM1

Customer B
Manufacturer B 7470 MSP PSAX HQ

ATM T1/E1

Manufacturer A
19099

Frame relay-to-ATM network interworking


Frame relay VPN services are delivered across an ATM network using frame
relay-to-ATM network interworking. A frame relay-to-frame relay connection
over an ATM network is created in three stages as illustrated in Figure 12.

22
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 12: Frame relay network interworking

7670 ESE 7670 RSP 7670 RSP 7670 ESE

ATM

FR FR
UNI UNI

CPE Ethernet CPE Ethernet


switch or router switch or router
18062

• RFC 2427 encapsulated traffic is received on a 7670 ESE frame relay interface.
The 7670 ESE converts the traffic stream to RFC 2684 routed encapsulated
traffic over ATM.
• The converted traffic is transmitted to the 7670 RSP through an ATM NNI
connection and aggregated for transport across the ATM network.
• At the far end, the ATM cells are converted back to frame relay at the egress
7670 ESE.

Frame relay-to-ATM network interworking connections can be manually


configured using the CLI or the 5620 NM, or can be dynamically established
using PNNI-signaled SPVCs.

Frame relay-to-ATM service interworking


The addition of ATM access to a frame relay VPN service is delivered using
frame relay-to-ATM service interworking. The 7670 RSP supports frame
relay-to-ATM service interworking on the 7670 ESE. For more information
about frame relay-to-ATM service interworking, see the 7670 Edge Services
Extender Technical practices.

Ethernet services on the 7670 RSP


Over the past several years, the use of Ethernet as a service in wide area
networks has significantly increased due to its operational simplicity and low
transmission cost. Today, with improvements in network availability and
resiliency, along with advancements in Ethernet OA&M and service
management capabilities, Ethernet is becoming well established as a
mainstream alternative for WAN connectivity.

23
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Benefits of Ethernet services


Using a 7670 RSP IP multiservice network to introduce Ethernet services
provides the following benefits:
• reduced time to market because incumbent service providers can quickly
introduce new Ethernet services by simply adding line cards and updating OSS
procedures, as compared to the time and effort required to deploy a new
network
• lowered investment risk by deferring capital and reducing upfront
costs—Ethernet services can be introduced and market-tested on existing
infrastructures across the entire serving area. As service volumes ramp up,
complementary new infrastructures can be evaluated and deployed to deliver
scaled and enhanced services.
• protection of existing frame relay business revenues and reduced customer
churn by using frame relay to ATM or Ethernet “service hybrids” that support
nondisruptive migration from traditional ATM and frame relay VPN services to
newer Ethernet-based VPN services

7670 RSP Ethernet VPN services


The 7670 RSP enables the deployment of flexible Ethernet services that can be
delivered over ATM or IP/MPLS network infrastructures:
• point-to-point Ethernet service
• over ATM (transparent LAN service)
• over MPLS (Ethernet virtual leased lines)
• Ethernet-to-ATM/frame relay interworking services
• Ethernet-to-ATM service interworking over ATM
• Frame relay-to-Ethernet service interworking over ATM
• Ethernet-to-ATM service interworking over MPLS

Point-to-point Ethernet service


A point-to-point Ethernet service is a point-to-point connection between two
customer sites that enables the transfer of Ethernet frames across a service
provider network. An Ethernet VPN is created when several customer sites are
interconnected through a series of point-to-point Ethernet connections, most
commonly in a hub-and-spoke network topology. In many ways, a
point-to-point Ethernet service is similar to a frame relay PVC service, except
that it offers much higher access bandwidth (10 Mb/s to 1000 Mb/s, instead of
64 kb/s to 45 Mb/s) for customer-attached sites.

Ethernet service over ATM


Ethernet services over ATM are supported on the 7670 RSP using Ethernet
network interworking over ATM. To create an Ethernet transparent LAN
service, the customer site is attached to the 7670 RSP through an Ethernet
VLAN (tagged or untagged) or port-based interface. The incoming traffic is
converted into ATM cells using RFC 2684 bridged encapsulation and is then
transported across the ATM network. At the far end, the Ethernet frames are
extracted and delivered to the destination customer site through the

24
3. 7670 RSP network applications

destination 7670 RSP Ethernet interface. Ethernet service connections over


ATM can be manually configured using the CLI or the 5620 NM. For
PNNI-enabled networks, extensions to PNNI provide the capability for SPVCs
to be signaled through the ATM network between the Ethernet interfaces.

Ethernet virtual leased line services


Ethernet VLLs over MPLS are supported on the 7670 RSP using Ethernet
network interworking over MPLS. The customer site is attached to the
7670 RSP Ethernet VLAN (tagged or untagged) or port-based interface.
Ethernet frames are then converted to MPLS packets with the addition of a
two-deep MPLS label stack as defined in draft-Martini. The inner label
represents the Layer 2 Ethernet connection, also known as an Ethernet
pseudowire. The outer label identifies the LSP tunnel that is used to forward
the packet through the MPLS network. The MPLS packets then leave the
7670 RSP on an MPLS-capable interface (POS, Gigabit Ethernet, or ATM) and
traverse the MPLS network to the far-end 7670 RSP MPLS interface. The
MPLS labels are stripped, and the Ethernet frame egresses the far-end
7670 RSP Ethernet interface to the destination LAN.

Interworking services
By interworking with and extending the installed base of frame relay service,
Ethernet can remove bandwidth constraints, reduce costs, and take Layer 2
service offerings to a new level. Enterprise customers can leverage high-speed,
cost-effective Ethernet access at major sites or headquarter locations where
traffic demands warrant it, while retaining frame relay or ATM access at more
remote sites where Ethernet service may not be available or practical. The
ability to offer a range of Layer 2 access options enables truly flexible,
value-added services to be created for enterprise customers.

Frame relay-to-Ethernet service interworking over ATM


On the 7670 RSP, frame relay-to-Ethernet service interworking functionality is
accomplished in two stages. First, frame relay traffic is service-interworked to
ATM on a 7670 ESE. Then, ATM traffic is service-interworked to Ethernet on
the 7670 RSP.

Frame relay-to-Ethernet service interworking connections can be PVC-based


and set up manually using the CLI or 5620 NM, or dynamically established
using SPVCs signaled by PNNI (see Figure 13).

25
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 13: Frame relay-to-Ethernet service interworking

7670 ESE 7670 RSP 7670 RSP


FR ATM
UNI UNI GigE
ATM
CPE Ethernet CPE Ethernet
switch or router switch or router
FR to Ethernet SPVC signaled by PNNI
(uses ATM/MPLS mediation over MPLS core)

FR to ATM to Ethernet SPVC signaled by PNNI


ATM PVC (uses ATM/MPLS mediation over
MPLS core)

FR to ATM to Ethernet SPVC signaled by LDP


ATM PVC (only over MPLS core)
18061

Ethernet-to-ATM service interworking over ATM


For Ethernet-to-ATM service interworking over an ATM network, Ethernet
traffic must be encapsulated in ATM cells. Two types of encapsulation are
supported on the 7670 RSP: RFC 2684 bridged Ethernet, which provides
interworking at the Ethernet layer, and RFC 2684 routed encapsulation, which
provides interworking at the IP layer. The 7670 RSP VC-VLAN cross-connect
feature is then used to define the actual connection between the ATM VC or
VP endpoint and the Ethernet port or VLAN endpoint.

Ethernet-to-ATM service interworking over MPLS


In order to create an Ethernet-to-ATM interworking connection over MPLS on
the 7670 RSP, the CE device that is connected through ATM must support
RFC 2684 bridged or routed Ethernet encapsulation. When bridged
encapsulation is used, the 7670 RSP performs service interworking at the
Ethernet layer—stripping the ATM bridged encapsulation information from
the incoming packet, and creating an Ethernet pseudowire based on the
Ethernet header information for transport across the MPLS network (see
“Ethernet virtual leased line services” in this section). At the far end, MPLS
encapsulation is removed, and the native Ethernet frame is presented to the
far-end Ethernet port.

When routed encapsulation is used, the 7670 RSP performs interworking at the
IP layer—stripping the ATM encapsulation information on ingress and creating
an IP pseudowire for transport across the MPLS network. At the far end, the
MPLS headers are removed, and an Ethernet frame is created and sent from
the destination Ethernet port.

26
3. 7670 RSP network applications

IP VPNs on the 7670 RSP


IP VPNs have evolved into carrier-grade services. The IP VPN service is not a
best-effort-based IP service such as Internet access. Capabilities such as
service assurance, reliability, availability, and high performance ensure that
Layer 3 networking equipment is up to the challenge posed by real-time traffic
and high-priority data with stringent support requirements. The
Alcatel-Lucent solution for IP VPNs, based on the 7670 RSP and managed by
the 5620 NM, enables service providers to capitalize on this opportunity by
leveraging the existing network architecture to offer premium Layer 2 and
Layer 3 services.

Benefits
The carrier business challenges are to meet the enterprise SLA demands using
the IP VPN architecture while minimizing the costs associated with enabling
this service and maximizing potential revenue.
• IP VPNs enable the carrier to provide enterprise services with different
connectivity architectures: hub and spoke, full mesh, or partial mesh between
enterprise sites in a cost-effective manner.
• IP VPNs give the service provider access to an enterprise’s IP addressing and
network topology. This enables value-added services such as Web hosting,
data storage, customer IP address allocation, centralized e-mail, and firewall
protection to be offered.
• IP VPNs offer unprecedented flexibility in interconnecting different sites with
different access technologies.
• IP VPNs enable a reduction in the number of physical and logical ports that the
CPE must support in order to interconnect the diverse sites of the enterprise
customers.
• IP VPNs also reduce the number of connections the service provider must
support in the network.
• IP VPNs can be used by a service provider to ensure proper IP network
partitioning through BGP-4/MPLS VPNs. Different applications and services
—such as VoIP, management traffic, or operator’s intranet traffic—can be
properly partitioned and processed accordingly by assigning them to different
VPNs. Through this virtual isolation, the routing and forwarding are controlled
on a per-VPN level, the impact of processing different types of traffic is
minimized, and the reuse of IP private addresses is enabled.

Application architectures
In a fundamental network topology for an IP VPN, a CE device typically
connects to the provider network through Layer 2 connectivity (frame relay,
ATM, Ethernet, or PPP). The Layer 2 identifier (DLCI, VCC, or VLAN port)
points to a VRF on the PE device.

The CE router advertises its local VPN routes to the PE router and learns
remote VPN routes from the PE router. Routing information between PE and
CE can be provisioned statically or by using a dynamic protocol such as OSPF

27
3. 7670 RSP network applications

or EBGP. Exchange of VPN route information between PE routers is done


through iMBGP. A PE router pushes and pops MPLS labels on the IP datagram,
and is referred to as an LER. Nodes that switch the datagram based on the
MPLS header are LSRs. Figure 14 illustrates the basic network topology for an
IP VPN.

Figure 14: Basic network topology for IP VPN

VPN 1 VPN 2
Site A Site B

Metro
Access

VRF

7670 RSP

VRF

VRF
7670 RSP 7670 RSP

ATM Frame
Access Relay

VPN 1 VPN 2 VPN 1 VPN 2


Site A Site B Site A Site B

18045

IP VPNs rely on a control plane to distribute VPN routes and bind them to an
MPLS label and a data plane to switch the data through the network. The
control plane uses multicast BGP to advertise routes between PE routers and
binds routes with an inner and outer label. The inner label identifies a route
within the VPN, while the outer label identifies the LSP that the packet will
traverse to reach a destination. The control plane also ensures that an outer
LSP between adjacent PE routers has been configured. The outer tunnel can
be signaled with LDP or RSVP-TE. The data plane oversees the encapsulation
of the IP datagram with the MPLS headers on the ingress PE router and the
removal of this encapsulation at the egress PE router. Figure 15 shows an
example of a network topology of an IP VPN service for a customer with three
sites.

28
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 15: Sample network topology for IP VPN service with three sites

VPN 1
Site C

Data Layer:
Ethernet (VLAN)
CE-PE Dynamic
Protocol EBGP
Outer tunnels
interconnecting
VRF the PE sites

Inner labels
7670 RSP assigned to the
customer VPN

VPN 1 VPN 1
Site A VRF VRF Site B
Data Layer: Data Layer:
ATM (VCC) FR (DLCI)
CE-PE Static 7670 RSP 7670 RSP CE-PE Dynamic
Protocol: OSPF
18046

IPv6 services
IPv6 implementation on the 7670 RSP extends the high-availability, non-stop
routing and forwarding capabilities inherent to the platform and provides the
flexibility to use the existing architecture to introduce IPv6 services in an
IPv4/MPLS environment. Figure 16 shows how multiprotocol BGP, with the
IPv6 address family, exchanges the IPv6 routes between 6PE or 6VPE routers
over the IPv4/MPLS core network.

29
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 16: IPv6 Internet access

6VPE 6VPE

IPv6
IPv6

MPLS/IPv4
network

IPv6

IPv6
6PE 6PE

18843

MPLS convergence
The 7670 RSP has the power to deliver multiservice IP solutions and enable
service providers to maximize the network and customer access lines they
have in place, in order to offer multiple services without operating multiple
service networks. Figure 17 illustrates the 7670 RSP capabilities to deliver
today’s new advanced services over converged IP/MPLS networks while giving
service providers the option to support existing ATM-based Layer 2 services
over MPLS or in their native mode over ATM/PNNI.

30
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 17: Deriving maximum value from the multiservice WANs

ASP or
Data Center > Internet security
> Content hosting
> E-business integration
> Disaster recovery Cars'R'Us
> Application management

Ethernet
Cars'R'Us 7670 RSP ATM
Multivendor
IP ATM/FR Network
Network

Frame
Relay HubCaps Int'l
Multiservice
IP Network Cars'R'Us
7670 RSP
7670 RSP Ethernet
Cars'R'Us
IP, MPLS, ATM
GigE
Frame
Relay
HubCaps Int'l HubCaps Int'l

18047

The converged network is a unified network infrastructure that supports an


MPLS-based network with Layer 3 service capabilities while preserving the
existing frame relay and ATM data network and Layer 2 services.

Market drivers
The fundamental drivers behind convergence are based on improved network
efficiency: better use of network resources and reduced costs for adding new
services and revenue streams on common network assets.

Enterprise customers continue to use leased lines, frame relay, and ATM
services for data because of their availability, reliability, security, and
interoperability. Therefore, the continued support for traditional Layer 2
services is an essential part of any successful service evolution strategy.

However, enterprises are increasingly moving towards IP-based applications.


Since the ultimate function of a network is to support applications, this in turn
drives demand for IP services. As it makes little sense to invest in two or more
parallel networks—one for Layer 2 services and one for Layer 3
services—carriers are looking for solutions that enable them to introduce new
services using their existing infrastructure.

The common business challenge for data network convergence is based on two
inter-related requirements: the transformation of existing multiservice
networks to MPLS, and the ability to offer new IP services.

31
3. 7670 RSP network applications

7670 RSP solution


Engineered for carrier-grade performance and next-generation service
delivery, the 7670 RSP makes the move to IP/MPLS seamless, risk-free, and
profitable. The multiprotocol switch router platform has the ability to migrate
large-scale multiservice ATM/frame relay networks to a carrier-grade IP/MPLS
implementation.

The 7670 RSP supports the following key multiservice edge services as a
complete management solution with the Alcatel-Lucent network management
portfolio:
• IP VPNs
• frame relay-to-ATM VPNs
• frame relay-to-ATM-MPLS consolidation
• Ethernet-frame relay-to-ATM interworking
• Ethernet VLLs
• Internet access
• IPv6 services

Benefits
The 7670 RSP enables carriers to balance revenue growth with market
leadership. With a 7670 RSP converged data network, carriers can:
• enable new services, including interworking between existing services
• enable Layer 2 and Layer 3 services to coexist and interwork effectively
• scale networks to support a range of customer and network sizes
• expand existing service range and competitiveness and improve bottom line
contribution
• improve the use of existing assets without building more overlays

The following sections outline two possible approaches to network migration


with the 7670 RSP: Ships-in-the-Night, and MPLS core with ATM over MPLS.

Ships-in-the-Night: IP/MPLS core networking with native ATM switching


IP/MPLS networking can coexist with native ATM switching on the 7670 RSP
without any network or service interworking yet provide flexibility to offer
both services at the same time. As a multiservice IP and ATM switch, the
7670 RSP is capable of delivering the best of both worlds: ATM protocols for
providing native ATM services and IP/MPLS protocols for providing
IP/MPLS-related services. Carriers can take advantage of the multiservice
capabilities of the 7670 RSP to unify their networks while embarking on the
road toward IP/MPLS in parallel. The first step can be the adoption of the
7670 RSP as a Ships-in-the-Night platform where ATM and MPLS run
concurrently yet separately and the 7670 RSP is able to connect to non-MPLS
nodes. The PNNI protocol is still predominantly used to provide ATM switched
services, and IP/MPLS protocols are used for IP services.

32
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Ships-in-the-Night can be used as a transitioning mechanism as networks


migrate their ATM control planes to MPLS. For example, service providers can
move their data and non-real-time UBR traffic to MPLS label switched paths,
yet keep their CBR and VBR traffic (for example, higher QoS voice and video)
on ATM connections. A change in an MPLS label switched path has no impact
on an ATM virtual circuit, and vice versa.

MPLS core with ATM over MPLS


MPLS delivers all the benefits of connection-oriented virtual circuits as found
in ATM, while reusing a unified MPLS core for new and enhanced services.
MPLS provides excellent traffic engineering, including some unique ways to
optimize the network. MPLS also provides highly resilient paths using MPLS
fast reroute. The benefits of MPLS make it a natural choice for a converged
core network, and it is also becoming a popular delivery mechanism for new
services at the edge (such as IP VPN).

In order to converge ATM traffic over an MPLS network, the core network
must support the ability to encapsulate ATM traffic into MPLS packets. The
7670 RSP enables such encapsulation techniques and provides flexible
network interworking to carry ATM traffic over an MPLS core network. The
7670 RSP supports the aggregation of multiple ATM VCCs and VPCs in MPLS
LSPs. This mechanism can support all ATM AAL types and the transport of
ATM cells in a single MPLS frame.

ATM pseudowires over MPLS


In order to create ATM pseudowires across an MPLS network, the first step is
to encapsulate the ATM cells in an appropriate envelope. There are several
types of encapsulation, and the choice of encapsulation method is driven by
the nature of the traffic being carried (AAL-1 versus AAL-5), and by the
priorities of the carrier (bandwidth efficiencies versus retaining granularity on
ATM QoS and traffic management). The choices of encapsulation method are:
• cell mode: N:1 and 1:1 encapsulations
• frame mode: AAL-5 SDU and AAL-5 PDU encapsulations

Figure 18 shows this type of network convergence with the 7670 RSP.

33
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 18: Network convergence with the 7670 RSP

Doorlocks Ltd. Doorlocks Ltd. L2 VPN over


HQ Data Center IP-Enabled
Multiservice Network

HubCaps Int'l
ATM Frame HQ
Relay
7670 RSP 7670 RSP 7670 RSP
IP Network
Multivendor
ATM/FR Network

ATM SVCs, SPVCs,


POS IP Enabled PVCs over
Multiservice IP-Enabled
Network Multiservice Network
7670 RSP 7670 RSP

ATM
Cars 'R' Us
Manufacturing
L3 VPN over HubCaps Int'l
IP-Enabled GigE Manufacturing
Multiservice
Network

Cars 'R' Us Cars 'R' Us


HQ Regional office

18054

Broadband aggregation
The 7670 RSP complements broadband access solutions by concentrating the
traffic coming from the access network. This aggregation enables the efficient
trunking of DSLAMs over a high-speed link to the network core. While
aggregating last-mile traffic, the 7670 RSP can also deliver IP-based advanced
multimedia services.

Interworking with Ethernet solutions (DSLAM aggregation)


In video solutions that include both ATM and Ethernet DSLAMs, the 7670 RSP
can be used in the IP backbone to complement Ethernet aggregation devices.
The connection to the 7670 RSP is through Gigabit Ethernet interfaces or
OC48/STM16 packet over SONET/SDH (POS). Figure 19 illustrates the
leveraging of existing architecture for ATM and Ethernet DSLAMs.

34
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 19: DSLAM aggregation with the 7670 RSP

7670 RSP
(Gateway to Internet)
IP/MPLS/ATM
Backbone
DHCP Server

DSL Modem

7670 RSP VoD Content


ATM
Server
DSLAMs

VPLS-Based
Network
Backhaul
DSL Modem (7450)
Ethernet 7450 ESS
DSLAMs

VoD Content
Server
18051

The 7670 RSP is the ideal platform for extending broadband aggregation to
deliver all services (high-speed Internet, video, VoD, VoIP) simultaneously:
• enables smooth migration from the ATM transport network of today to a
triple-play network while preserving existing infrastructure investments
• uses separate VCs to maintain QoS for each service and each customer
• supports hybrid models (IP model for VoD, ATM/PPP model for high-speed
Internet, and ATM point-to-multipoint for broadcast video), enabling
maximum flexibility in the service provider’s migration and deployment
strategy
• provides non-stop routing, control, and line card redundancy and advanced
CoS features for unparalleled service reliability and flexibility

High-speed Internet access with the 7670 RSP


The 7670 RSP is able to deliver high-speed Internet service concurrently with
other services (broadcast video, VoD, VoIP). Figure 20 illustrates the
high-speed Internet access application on the 7670 RSP.

35
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 20: High-speed Internet access with 7670 RSP

BGP
Peering

7670
DHCP RSP
Server
OSPF IP/MPLS/
or IS-IS ATM
adjacency Backbone

DSLAMs

ATM
Connection
7670
RSP
DSL
Modems
18055

Voice over broadband


VoBB is often defined simply as voice services offered over broadband Internet
connections. While this is true, the implications of VoBB for residential
subscribers, enterprises, and carriers extend far beyond just putting telephony
services over data lines. The integration of telephony and the Internet is
enhancing the future of communications and blurring the differences between
voice and data messaging.

This integration of communications creates a new world of revenue-generating


services that are highly advanced as well as easy to use and access. VoBB (see
Figure 21) is a critical step in increasing the capabilities, effectiveness, and
accessibility of today's communications systems.

Figure 21: Voice over broadband

Softswitch

Access
Gateway

Modem BB Access Private IP Network PSTN

NB Access

SIP Phone POTS/ISDN


18065

36
3. 7670 RSP network applications

New level of service


Service providers began rapidly expanding their data networks worldwide,
offering large data pipes even for residential subscribers. This technology
opened the door for VoBB by offering service providers another way to access
the last mile. Yet while this access to subscribers is critical, even more benefit
is gained because VoBB calls are transmitted as data using IP.

There are three types of carriers offering VoBB: MSOs, DSL providers, and
alternative VoBB carriers.
• MSOs leverage their vast infrastructure to deploy a wide range of multimedia
service offerings.
• Local telephone service providers also compete in the VoBB market using
DSL, which supports high-speed Internet over existing copper lines.
• Alternative VoBB carriers offer voice services over cable and DSL networks; as
VoBB is based on IP, these voice calls are simply more data running on the
network.

VoBB solution
There are two key technologies to enable VoBB in the IP network:
• DHCP-managed IP session for the VoIP subscriber
• VoIP over Ethernet over B-PDU in the ADSL copper loop

Routing voice packets over a telco’s private IP network ensures a superior


reliability and QoS compared to other providers.

7670 RSP benefits for VoIP


The 7670 RSP VoIP offering guarantees carriers the same reliability and QoS
of voice services as PSTN service. Figure 22 illustrates a VoIP architecture
using the 7670 RSP.

Figure 22: VoIP using the 7670 RSP

SIP
Server

DHCP
Server
OSPF IP/MPLS/
or IS-IS ATM PSTN
adjacency Backbone
Gateway
DSLAMs
SIP
Phone

7670
RSP
DSL

18066

37
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Table 4 outlines the key features offered with the 7670 RSP VoIP solution.

Table 4: Key features offered with the 7670 RSP VoIP solution

Feature Benefits
Non-stop routing and MPLS signaling Eliminate outage due to control card
failure and software upgrade
Zero-second network reconvergence
and no service hit to voice services
99.999% reliability of voice services
over a carrier-grade IP network
Rapid IP routing convergence Minimize impact due to third-party
router and transport network failures
High ratio of prefix/s for BGP routes
High ratio of prefix/s for IGP routes
Rapid LSP recovery Minimize impact due to third-party
router and transport network failures
Parallel link, end-to-end protection,
FRR
IP interface scalability Supports 100 000 IP interfaces
(subscribers)
IP traffic management Hierarchical queuing and shaping
capability providing flexible
guaranteed QoS for VoIP packets
among other service classes
Non-service-affecting software No service impact during software
upgrade upgrade between minor releases

Video services using existing DSL and multiservice IP networks


DSL services have achieved a high rate of customer penetration due to demand
for broadband services. Service providers who are already using
Alcatel-Lucent broadband and multiservice networks to deploy high-speed
Internet services can now leverage that infrastructure to offer value-added
video services (broadcast video and VoD). By combining video with VoIP and
high-speed Internet access, service providers can create a bundled service
offering referred to as “triple-play”, a competitive offering that leverages the
service providers’ existing investment.

Deployment of the 7670 RSP for video services


The Alcatel-Lucent multiservice IP solution is based on the 7670 RSP and the
Alcatel-Lucent network management portfolio. The products provide a flexible
platform on which service providers can base their video offering. They
support both IP and ATM multicast options for broadcast video and provide an
IP-enabled, dedicated virtual connection for VoD in a multiservice
environment.

38
3. 7670 RSP network applications

The 7670 RSP enables service providers to use existing and new ADSL
DSLAMs to offer next-generation, triple-play services.

The 7670 RSP can be used for video backhaul with either Layer 2 or Layer 3
technology. In Layer 2 networks, it supports point-to-multipoint video content
replication from a head-end to a regional or local office with a
point-to-multipoint ATM VC cross-connect configuration. In Layer 3 networks,
it supports IP dynamic multicast streaming with PIM-SM, PIM-SSM, or static
multicast and IGMP routing protocols.

The 7670 RSP can support multimedia services as a DSLAM aggregator. The
7670 RSP line cards have the ability to replicate a single stream to create
multiple streams.

Broadcast video architecture


Multicasting enables channels to be replicated within the network.
Multicasting conserves bandwidth because each DSLAM does not have to be
supplied with a unique video stream from the head-end. To optimize
bandwidth, the video channel is carried to the furthest replicating point in the
network, either a DSLAM or a 7670 RSP.

The 7670 RSP supports both IP and ATM multicast capabilities. The same
inherent fabric multicasting capabilities are used, providing similar benefits to
both models. Common implementation attributes include:
• efficient mechanism for multicast video streams
• platform is designed for efficient (no bandwidth degradation) multicasting,
and logical multicasting is done across the fabric
• APS: guaranteed switchover occurs in 50 ms
• no need to pair nodes for redundancy: high-reliability design (APS and hot
redundant line cards, I/O card, and control card) ensures 99.999% uptime

IP multicast model
In the IP multicast model for broadcast video, the multicast trees are IP-based
using PIM-SM or PIM-SSM for replication. Optionally, static multicast can be
used.

A channel is propagated downstream from the head-end once an IGMP request


for that channel (multicast group) has been generated by an end user. An
IGMP join command generated by an end user propagates upstream along the
connecting nodes in the network. Each node along the path independently
verifies that the group is already present at its location. If the group exists, a
“leaf” is replicated toward the downstream node that has requested the group;
otherwise, the IGMP message is propagated upstream. In order to ensure fast
zapping, all the groups must be statically provisioned to the furthest element
in the network, thus localizing the IGMP message on the 7670 RSP or DSLAM.

39
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Multicast traffic can be assigned a specific CoS in the backbone, enabling


differentiation from other traffic types and thus ensuring that video quality is
maintained. Distinct services (such as high-speed Internet or gaming) can be
assigned different CoSs to ensure separation between the services and to meet
varying requirements for delay and loss. Figure 23 illustrates the IP multicast
model.

Figure 23: IP-based multicasting for broadcast video

7670 RSP 7670 RSP


7670 RSP

IP/MPLS Network
(PIM-SM or PIM-SSM)

IGMP IGMP

IGMP IGMP

Modem Modem

DSLAM DSLAM DSLAM DSLAM

18048

The 7670 RSP provides several advantages that are unique to its IP multicast
implementation:
• minimized loss and jitter
IP multicast video streams carried over the 7670 RSP can be mapped to a CoS
that ensures delay and loss ratios comparable to those of ATM.
• service continuity
The 7670 RSP enables carriers to continue provisioning high-speed Internet
using ATM cross-connects to a BRAS while at the same time offering video and
VoIP over other VCs that terminate and are routed on the 7670 RSP. Service
isolation is ensured through sophisticated traffic management.

40
3. 7670 RSP network applications

• versatile MR48 card


The 7670 RSP enables carriers to provision both ATM VCs (cross-connects)
and IP-terminated VCs on a common line card. Extensive IP functionality,
multifield classification, three-color two-rate policing, access lists, reverse
path filtering, and IP buffer management are also provided. The card also
supports APS and line card redundancy for unprecedented functionality and
robustness. See the section “Line cards and I/O cards” in chapter 6 for more
details on the MR48 card.
• support for both ATM- and Ethernet-attached DSLAMs
The 7670 RSP can be connected to both an ATM aggregation network and
Ethernet metro network with the Gigabit Ethernet line card. See the
section “Line cards and I/O cards” in chapter 6 for more details on the Gigabit
Ethernet card.

ATM multicast model


In the ATM-based model for video broadcast, a point-to-multipoint ATM VC is
established for each broadcast channel, connecting the video source to all of
the DSLAMs. The set-top box in the end user’s home uses an IGMP message to
perform channel selection. The DSLAM terminates the IGMP message,
directing a new multicast channel toward the end user’s set-top box. By
localizing the IGMP message to the DSLAM, channel switching time (zapping)
is minimized.

This solution provides for a robust, scalable architecture that minimizes


bandwidth consumption in the backbone through the use of ATM multicast
connections. In addition, the solution capitalizes on ATM’s inherent QoS
capabilities to ensure that the quality of the video stream is maintained at all
times. The platform’s OAM manageability enables operators to detect and
diagnose problems in real time. Figure 24 illustrates the ATM multicast model.

41
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 24: ATM-based multicasting for broadcast video

7670 RSP 7670 RSP


7670 RSP

ATM Network

IGMP IGMP

Modem Modem

DSLAM DSLAM DSLAM DSLAM

18049

The 7670 RSP provides several advantages that are unique to its ATM
multicast implementation:
• minimized loss and jitter
Loss and jitter are minimized through the use of constant bit rate (CBR) or
real-time variable bit rate (rt-VBR). This meets ATM UNI4.1 specification for
traffic management for ATM, which assigns delay tolerance and cell loss ratio
to these specific service categories.
• pre-provisioning a multicast tree as far as the 7670 RSP
If the DSLAMs do not support IGMP termination, then the 7670 RSP roadmap
provides an option to perform IGMP joins. IGMP messages from DSL modems
terminate on the 7670 RSP, which replicates the video stream towards the
DSLAM on a per-user basis.
• supported VLAN-based leaf in order to interconnect with an Ethernet-based
aggregation network

Video on demand architecture


VoD is a high-value service that can command as much as 100 times the price
per bit of broadcast video. In this model, individual end users request specific
video streams associated with the content they want to view at a particular
time. As a result, all video streams are unicast, making the application highly
bandwidth-intensive. Assuming that a video stream is 1.5 Mb/s (with MPEG-4
compression), 413 VoD sessions can consume an OC12/STM4 connection. In
broadcast video, the video source is centralized and multicasting can be used
to efficiently distribute content to customers. With the high bandwidth
requirements and unicast nature of VoD, a centralized model does not scale

42
3. 7670 RSP network applications

efficiently; connecting all customers to a single video server would cause a


bottleneck. Instead, a distributed model in which multiple video content
servers are deployed across a service provider infrastructure is viewed as the
model moving forward. Figure 25 illustrates the VoD architecture.

Figure 25: VoD

DHCP
Server

DHCP OSPF IP/MPLS/


Request/ or IS-IS ATM
Response Peering Backbone

DSLAMs

STB VoD
7670 Content
RSP Server
DSL
Unicast
Video Stream
18064

The VoD application typically involves a three-step communication.


• The set-top box IP address is initialized through a DHCP request originated by
the set-top box and relayed by a DHCP relay agent to a centralized DHCP
server (the 7670 RSP can act as a DHCP relay agent). The DHCP server, which
can be used to assign IP addresses for multiple services in a service bundle,
responds with the IP address.
• The set-top box downloads middleware software that enables it to view the
video content on the VoD server.
• Once a video stream is selected, an IP unicast video session is established
between the set-top box and the VoD server. That session carries the movie or
other event that the user has chosen to view.

Figure 26 illustrates an application of VoD with the 7670 RSP.

43
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 26: VoD application

DHCP Request/Response Unicast Video Stream


7670 RSP

DHCP
Server
IP/MPLS Network
(PIM-SM or
PIM-SSM)

Modem

7670 RSP VoD Content


DSLAM
DHCP Server
Relay

18050

The 7670 RSP provides several key benefits for the VoD application:
• leverages the 7670 RSP investment
In most service provider networks, the 7670 RSP is located close to the
DSLAMs, which is the ideal location from which to provide VoD transport. The
alternative, deploying large numbers of BRASs next to DSLAMs, is costly and
does not leverage existing investments.
• maintains existing service models
VoD services can be enabled through the use of MR48 cards connected to the
DSLAMs, while other services (high-speed Internet, broadcast video) can
remain on the existing ATM architecture, if desired. The VoD service can have
a dedicated virtual connection that is IP-enabled on the 7670 RSP. The
terminating VC can be configured with all the attributes of a Layer 3 interface.
• supports centralized model for smaller networks
In POPs where the number of DSL users does not justify collocation of a VoD
server, customer VoD interfaces can be backhauled using ATM cross-connects
to an MR48 card at the nearest VoD server site. Many connections can be
backhauled from many 7670 RSPs to a single video server.
• supports native IP
The 7670 RSP enables operators to transform their networks into ubiquitous
IP networks for value-added services such as VoD. The 7670 RSP also
supports extensive MPLS capabilities. LDP-DU, LDP-DoD, CR-LDP, and
RSVP-TE are supported, enabling carriers to engineer the traffic on their
networks and provide fast restoration using RSVP-TE LSPs as bypass tunnels.
• supports non-stop routing and signaling
The 7670 RSP enables operators to provide robust and highly available VoD
services with confidence based on enhanced redundancy ensuring 99.999%
availability.

44
3. 7670 RSP network applications

VoP using multiservice IP networks


The VoP application enables both voice and signaling information to be
transported over a packet network. This enables service providers to take
advantage of the flexibility and efficiency of packet networks. It also reduces
costs for the service providers by consolidating voice and data on one network.

As legacy PSTN switches are in maintenance mode in their life cycle, carriers
look for alternate technology to continue to support the high volume and
revenues of the PSTN service while they are getting ready for network
convergence.

The main challenge t hat the VoP solution must meet in order to gain
widespread customer acceptance is to provide the same reliability and QoS as
the traditional PSTN service.

There are three types of VoP service:


• Class 4: toll office displacement
• Class 5: end office displacement
• Voice over broadband (see “Voice over broadband” earlier in this chapter)

Class 4: toll office displacement


Alcatel-Lucent’s Class 4 solution (see Figure 27) enables service providers to
deploy new packet-based, long distance voice networks and use these at the
same time to offer data services, or to migrate existing long distance voice
traffic from the PSTN onto already existing packet-based data networks.

The NGN Class 4 solution applies to different types of service providers:


• established and backbone service providers who are facing the challenge of
how to handle the traffic growth at toll level and how to anticipate the
future—migrating voice traffic from aging transit/tandem TDM switches onto
a common voice and data packet-based infrastructure
• service providers expanding outside their home market who face the challenge
of deploying a Class 4 infrastructure fast, with a limited footprint to compete
with the local established and backbone service providers

45
3. 7670 RSP network applications

Figure 27: Class 4: toll office displacement

MG
Controller

SS7 SS7
Media
Gateway

H.248 H.248

T1 T1

PNNI PNNI

Class 5 Class 5
Media Media
Gateway 7670 RSP Gateway
multiservice IP network

18063

The Class 4 over IP backbone solutions apply to the following applications:


• long distance VoIP
• voice trunking over IP
• Class 4 cap and grow
• toll/Class 4/transit bypass
• Class 4 replacement
• PSTN/ISDN offload

While the NGN solution is based on ITU-T H.248, the core network can be
ATM-based or IP/MPLS-based.

ATM network requirements


The NGN Class 4 solution is based on the following ATM network
requirements:
• support of ATM SVC — UNI signaling and PNNI
• high SVC call setup rate
• hot redundant protection for SVC to offer 99.999% reliability
• ATM traffic management to support real-time CoS

46
3. 7670 RSP network applications

IP/MPLS network requirements


The NGN Class 4 solution is based on the following IP/MPLS network
requirements:
• non-stop routing
• non-stop signaling
• IP traffic management

Class 5: end office displacement


The NGN Class 5 solution (see Figure 28) offers service providers a valuable
alternative to the traditional method of constructing a voice network. Rather
than employing TDM technology, the solution uses the service provider's
existing packet-oriented transport networks to create a unified
next-generation data infrastructure. On this infrastructure, operators can
deliver revenue-generating voice services.

The NGN Class 5 solution supports both local and long distance telephony
services on a single softswitch platform. This platform uses the standard ITU-T
H.248 protocol to control the trunking of access and residential gateways. The
NGN Class 5 solution can work in a VoIP or VoATM configuration and can also
be deployed in both ETSI and ANSI markets.

Figure 28: Class 5: end office displacement

Softswitch

SS7

7670 RSP
IP/MPLS PSTN
Access Voice
Gateway Network
over
Trunk TDM
Gateway

Access
Gateway
18053

IP/MPLS network requirements


The NGN class 5 solution is based on the following IP/MPLS network
requirements:
• non-stop routing and MPLS to provide non-stop service in order to meet
regulatory requirements
• IP VPN to segregate routing of signaling packets and voice packets
• first class traffic management to guarantee low network latency and minimal
jitter to simulate PSTN performance

47
3. 7670 RSP network applications

48
ATM on the 7670 RSP
This chapter addresses the ATM functionality of the 7670 RSP, including:
• “ATM switching architecture”
• “Cross-connections”
• “IMA”
• “ILMI 4.0”
• “PNNI routing”
• “Standardized AINI support”
• “Connection resource display”
• “OAM PM”
• “Traffic management capabilities”

49
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

ATM switching architecture


In a single-shelf system, the switching function is performed by two Switch
cards: one for switching fabric X and one for switching fabric Y. A single Switch
card provides the switching fabric needed for all line cards. The second Switch
card provides switching fabric redundancy. Each switching fabric receives
cells from all the line cards and sends cells to destination line cards.

In a multishelf system, the switching function is performed by two dedicated


Switching shelves: one for switching fabric X and one for switching fabric Y.
The use of two Switching shelves guarantees full redundancy in the same
manner as the use of two Switch cards in a single-shelf system. Each switching
fabric in the Switching shelf receives cells from all the line cards and sends
cells to all the line cards.

In both single-shelf and multishelf systems, the redundant fabric provides


100% capacity protection. There is no loss in switched capacity in a core-fabric
activity switch.

The egress line cards examine the header of each cell at the egress point of the
switching fabric, select cells based on the cross-connection information in the
header, remove the header, and send the cells to their I/O cards. The I/O cards
transmit the cells over the appropriate interface to the network.

Cross-connections
An ATM virtual connection provides the information needed for the 7670 RSP
to establish a cross-connection between an ingress point and an egress point
on the node. There are three types of VCs:
• PVCs
• SVCs
• SPVCs

PVCs
A PVC is an ATM virtual connection set up by an operator. The operator sets
up the PVC through a network management system or through a CLI session
at each device along the PVC. The 7670 RSP supports point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint PVCs at the VP and VC levels.

50
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

Hitless modification of active PVC connections


This feature enables the change of traffic rates on an active connection without
interrupting data flow on the line card. The following point-to-point PVC and
signaling link traffic parameters can be modified while the connection is in
service, without incurring cell loss:
• PIR
• SIR
• MBS
• MIR
• CDVT

SVCs
An SVC is an ATM virtual connection, set up automatically by the ATM devices
in response to information sent by the originating device over an SVC
infrastructure that exists between all the devices. The SVC infrastructure
includes path determination (routing) and signaling to establish the
connection.

The 7670 RSP supports static and PNNI routing, ILMI links, signaling links, call
processing, SVC accounting, and usage records for point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint SVCs at the VP and VC levels. The following signaling
protocols are supported:
• ATM Forum UNI 3.1 and 4.0
• ATM Forum IISP 1.0
• ATM Forum PNNI 1.1
• AINI
• ILMI 4.0

The 7670 RSP supports native ATM addresses and ITU-T E.164 and
X.121 addresses encoded in an AESA.

SPVCs
An SPVC is an ATM virtual connection that combines the path’s endpoint
characteristics of PVCs with the path’s network characteristics of SVCs. The
path endpoints are configured by an operator. The path through the network
is set up automatically by the switches in response to information sent over a
PNNI infrastructure that exists between the supporting devices. The 7670 RSP
supports static routing, PNNI routing, and signaling links for point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint SPVCs at the VP and VC levels.

SPVCs provide easily provisioned, scalable, standards-compliant permanent


virtual circuits in ATM networks. Because the control plane manages the
node-by-node establishment and re-establishment of the connection through
the network, interoperability between nodes from different vendors is easier to

51
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

achieve. Because connection management is performed by the nodes, SPVCs


make it easier to initiate reroute and recovery actions in the event of a network
failure.

Hitless SPVC moves using DBR


Domain-based rerouting (DBR) is used to move an SPVC without affecting
service on the connection. DBR can optimize existing SPVCs and move SPVCs
for maintenance.

A move is considered to be hitless when the data flow interruption is less than
the Telcordia (formerly Bellcore) standard of 50 ms.

DBR offers the following benefits:


• ability to move SPVCs in the network when a network resource needs to be
taken temporarily out of service
• ability to move SPVCs in the network when a particular resource nears its
capacity

Network call correlation identifier


The network call correlation identifier (NCCI) is an optional 28-byte,
AESA-based identifier that is used to identify a call uniquely within a network.
The NCCI correlates SPVC cross-connections with SPVC paths without the use
of enhanced signaling.

The NCCI offers the following benefits:


• ability to identify all SPVC and SVC connections on a given resource
• ability to hitlessly move SPVC paths from a resource that is to be taken out of
service
• ability to provide security similar to CUG security at an SPVC destination point
• ability to use a signaled NCCI value for usage-based billing

Point-to-multipoint SPVCs
SPVCs can provide connection scalability and superior reroute performance in
a network that requires multicast capabilities. Point-to-multipoint SPVCs
behave identically to PVC-based point-to-multipoint connections, and these
connections are managed similarly to point-to-point SPVC services.

Point-to-multipoint SPVCs offer the benefit of a seamless and efficient


implementation of multicast services.

IMA
Inverse multiplexing over ATM (IMA) is a technique developed as a
cost-effective solution to address the increasing need for bandwidth greater
than the DS1/E1 link speed, but less than the high-speed DS3/E3 links. IMA
combines the transport bandwidth of multiple DS1/E1 channels in a group to
provide scalable bandwidth.

52
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

A DS1/E1 link that is part of an IMA group is referred to as an IMA link. Multiple
IMA links (DS1/E1) form an IMA virtual link that is called an IMA group. The
aggregate rate of the IMA group is approximately the sum of the DS1/E1 link
rates.

IMA is supported on the ESC and is compliant with the ATM Forum
specification, IMA version 1.1.

ILMI 4.0
The 7670 RSP supports the mandatory aspects of the ATM Forum ILMI
Specification Version 4.0, af-ilmi-0065.000, including virtual UNIs as described
in Annex B of the specification. This feature gives customer premises
equipment limited access to various management plane functions, such as
registration of MAC addresses for LANE and visibility of PVC endpoint status
to equipment that does not support OAM.

PNNI routing
The PNNI routing protocol organizes and distributes information about
changing network topology and network resources among a group of
associated nodes. The 7670 RSP conforms to ATM Forum PNNI version 1.1.

PNNI hierarchy
PNNI hierarchy is vital for network operators who are considering deploying
PNNI in their networks. From the hierarchical topology information, network
nodes create routing tables that switch SVC and SPVC calls using PNNI
signaling. PNNI hierarchy enables the 7670 RSP to interoperate with other
Alcatel-Lucent multiservice nodes and in mixed-vendor networks that use
PNNI hierarchy.

By using PNNI hierarchy, network operators can scale their PNNI networks up
to 2.3 million nodes. The 7670 RSP supports three levels of hierarchy.

PNNI topology database display


With PNNI topology database display, network operators can see a summary of
the PNNI topology database information that has been learned by the PNNI
protocol. The information in the database is flooded throughout the network to
provide each node with details about the network topology so that they can
route calls. Information contained in the topology database includes a list of
the peer groups and the nodes contained within those peer groups, the PTSE
information describing each logical node, the map information that forms the
PNNI topology, and the reachable addresses advertised by each logical node.

Topology database display gives network operators a view of the network


topology as seen from a single node, making it easier to understand the amount
and content of the information being flooded through the network. Having this
view makes it easier for network operators to debug and diagnose any

53
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

problems that may occur. Topology database display also provides in-house or
third-party management systems with access to the network topology
information needed to build applications to better manage the network.

PNNI restricted transit


PNNI restricted transit gives network operators control over whether calls can
transit specific logical nodes in the PNNI network. With PNNI restricted
transit, network operators can use a standards-based method of directing calls
away from a node that may not have sufficient capacity to transit calls even
though it can originate and terminate calls.

PNNI restricted transit reduces the complexity of network planning and


improves network resiliency.

PNNI address summarization


PNNI address summarization makes it possible for network operators to deploy
SVC or SPVC services with minimal manual configuration of summary
addresses. Logical group nodes can automatically advertise reachable
addresses to other logical nodes in their peer groups, based on information in
their child peer groups. Lowest-level nodes can advertise their default
summary addresses, and logical nodes are automatically configured with a
summarizing address that is advertised when nodes in their child peer groups
advertise their own default summary addresses.

Because PNNI address summarization reduces the configuration process, it


enables rapid network expansion and simplifies the deployment of dynamic
backbone networks.

PNNI routing support for exterior reachable addresses


Resource bandwidth information can be advertised for PNNI exterior
reachable addresses. By advertising the available bandwidth resources, nodes
can source calls to exclude destination nodes that cannot forward the call to
an exterior reachable address. Exterior reachable address advertisements are
withdrawn when the exterior reachable address becomes nonroutable.

PNNI routing support for exterior reachable addresses decreases the call setup
delay and increases network efficiency, because PNNI routing directs calls
toward exterior reachable addresses that satisfy bandwidth requirements,
which reduces call blocking and alternate routing.

54
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

PNNI policy-based routing


ATM PNNI policy-based routing (PBR) gives network administrators control
over the way connections are routed across a PNNI routing domain based on
network-specific criteria and resource utilization strategies. Service providers
accomplish this in two steps:
• by assigning Ne-NSC tags on trunk groups in the form of Ne-NSC IDs and
assigning Rp-NSC tags on trunk group partitions in the form of Rp-NSC IDs.
These tags are advertised throughout the PNNI network.
• by configuring policies and policy constraints that are signaled with calls
during call establishment. The policy constraints are used by PNNI routing to
find paths that support the policy constraints for the call.

PBR is applied to network traffic in three steps:


• network resources are tagged and advertised using PNNI
• policies and policy constraints are defined
• policy constraints are assigned to SPVC and SPVC subscribers for
differentiated path selection using the policies defined in the network

Policy-based routing on the 7670 RSP enables advanced routing policy with
SPVC-based and SVC-based services as well as the following applications:
• routing over untagged resources
• VBNs
• SPVC versus SVC bandwidth partitioning
• link differentiation (for example, require APS, avoid satellite links,
require/avoid ATM/MPLS mediation)
• SVCC-based RCC establishment using policy routing

Standardized AINI support


The 7670 RSP is fully compliant with the ATM internetwork interface (AINI)
standard of the ATM Forum, as specified in af-cs-0125.000. This feature makes
the 7670 RSP interoperable with AINI-based networks and environments of
other vendors.

AINI link loop detection


The AINI protocol acts as a gateway protocol between PNNI and SS7 or B-ISUP
networks, and between PNNI networks. AINI is a combination of B-ISUP
routing and PNNI signaling.

AINI link loop detection is a modification to the protocol that prevents loops in
the setup of SVCCs, SVPCs, SPVCCs, and SPVPCs.

AINI link loop detection offers the benefit of providing broader interoperability
with third-party vendor equipment.

55
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

Connection resource display


Connection resource display is a means of monitoring the use of connection
resources in a network. Monitoring the use of the connection resources on the
7670 RSP enables operators to manage high use of resources through network
planning or path optimization, and to review call failures that occur due to lack
of resources.

OAM PM
OAM performance management tracks connectivity and monitors traffic flow
on an end-to-end connection or a connection segment. Measurements of
connection performance are based on the number of errored or lost cells.

OAM PM offers the benefit of measuring connection performance in a network


and monitoring performance degradation with the 7670 RSP.

OAM round-trip delay


Round-trip delay is a test that measures the time it takes for a standard OAM
loopback cell to travel from a launch point in the network to a return point in
the network and back. The round-trip delay test can be performed while the
network is in service. Round-trip delay can be measured on Multi-Rate 8
ATM/IP, Multi-Rate16 ATM, and MR48 line cards.

The OAM round-trip delay test offers the benefit of measuring performance in
the network.

Traffic management capabilities


The 7670 RSP uses industry-leading traffic management processes to ensure
maximum efficiency and bandwidth use. The advanced traffic management
capabilities of the 7670 RSP provide absolute QoS for all service categories.

Traffic management is part of the traffic flow architecture of the 7670 RSP.
The ingress line cards use traffic management before passing traffic to the
switching fabric. The egress line cards use traffic management after receiving
traffic from the switching fabric. The ingress line cards effectively manage
traffic by using backpressure information from the fabric and the egress line
cards.

With virtual queuing, the 7670 RSP can resolve traffic congestion at isolated
points within the switch while continuing to process traffic from noncongested
points.

56
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

The major components of traffic management are:


• network congestion management
• service categories
• QoS parameters
• CAC
• traffic policing and shaping
• congestion control
• VP aggregation shaping
• ATM call failure diagnostics

Network congestion management


Traffic management processes prevent network congestion on shared network
devices and transmission links. Network congestion created by some traffic
can cause other traffic to experience unacceptable loss or delays. Traffic
management guarantees a QoS level and fairness for all connections. The
7670 RSP uses ATM traffic management for IP over ATM virtual connections
and for ATM virtual connections at the ingress and egress points of the node.

ATM traffic management of virtual connections:


• monitors and controls traffic flow
• ensures an appropriate and fair allocation of resources
• handles traffic that exceeds the configured limits

Service categories
Service categories ensure an appropriate and fair allocation of resources by
providing the means to determine the priority that a connection receives when
requesting network bandwidth. The 7670 RSP supports the TM 4.0 standard,
which identifies five service categories, each optimized for a different type of
traffic. The 7670 RSP uses the service category assigned to the connection
when it sets up the connection. This process ensures that each connection
receives the resources appropriate for its traffic. See Table 37 in Appendix B
for a list of the service categories and their characteristics.

QoS parameters
QoS is a set of parameters and their values that determine the performance of
a connection. QoS parameters allow further service differentiation in each
service category. The QoS parameters supported by the 7670 RSP are:
• CLR
• CDV
• CTD

The 7670 RSP supports configuration of the PIR, SIR, and MIR traffic
descriptors.

57
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

The 7670 RSP supports a configurable MBS. The larger the MBS value, the less
concentrated the SIR traffic policing. MBS is used for CAC and traffic policing
functions.

CAC
Connection admission control (CAC) is an algorithm that evaluates whether
the 7670 RSP can accept a new connection without affecting the service
objectives of existing connections.

CAC examines the shared resources of the 7670 RSP, such as the number of
existing virtual connections, available bandwidth, and available buffers. CAC
also examines the resource requirements of the proposed connection. The
proposed connection is accepted by CAC if the 7670 RSP has the resources to
accommodate it and its projected requirements without hindering QoS
guarantees for existing connections.

Disabling capacity checking or increasing the booking factor allows CAC to be


configured to accept proposed connections that would otherwise not be
admitted. The booking factor is a value that determines the degree to which
CAC accepts or rejects proposed connections.

Traffic policing and shaping


Traffic policing ensures that the traffic on a virtual connection conforms to its
traffic contract. The 7670 RSP accepts conforming cells and discards or tags
nonconforming cells. Tagged cells have a lower priority than accepted cells and
may be discarded in the event of congestion.

Traffic shaping ensures that traffic exceeding the configured traffic policing
rates is shaped so that it conforms to the traffic policing parameters for that
connection. Traffic shaping is performed according to the traffic descriptors.
At ingress points, shaping can allow the 7670 RSP to accept nearly compliant
traffic as compliant instead of discarding it. At egress points, shaping allows
strict control of CDV.

Congestion control
Congestion control in the 7670 RSP reduces inefficient throughput caused by
traffic congestion. The payload of an IP packet is often segmented into many
ATM cells. During periods of congestion, some cells can be discarded, resulting
in an incomplete IP packet at the destination and causing the destination to
request the source to resend the entire packet.

The 7670 RSP uses PPD or EPD to reduce congestion throughput inefficiency.

VP aggregation shaping
VP aggregation shaping is a commissioning capability that aggregates the
traffic of multiple VCs onto the same VP and shapes the aggregated traffic on
the egress port of a line card to a particular VP traffic descriptor.

58
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

With VP aggregation shaping, service providers can aggregate multiple VCs


with different QoS onto the same VP while maintaining the QoS requirements
for individual VCs. By shaping a single VP rather than many VCs, VP
aggregation:
• simplifies cross-connections through the network core
• allows scaling of a network
• increases network rerouting
• allows more stringent SLAs to be offered

The 7670 RSP supports VP aggregation shaping on PVCs, SVCs, and SPVCs.
VP aggregation shaping can be performed on point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint connections.

ATM call failure diagnostics


The ATM call failure diagnostics include the following capabilities:
• detailed information logging about a failed call, including information to
determine the cause of the failure
• creation of a source node failure log in addition to the failure log created on the
node where the failure occurred
• duplicate log detection
• filters to determine which types of call failures are logged and/or displayed

The ATM call failure diagnostics on the 7670 RSP offer the benefit of improved
logging functionality and diagnostics for switched services.

59
4. ATM on the 7670 RSP

60
IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP
This chapter describes the IP/MPLS features of the 7670 RSP:

• “MPLS overview”
• “S-LSPs”
• “MPLS signaling protocols”
• “S-LSP path modification without break”
• “S-LSP tunnels”
• “S-LSP protection”
• “MPLS OAM”
• “IP data plane”
• “IP routing support”
• “IP multicast”
• “IPv6”
• “IP VPNs (Layer 3 VPNs)”
• “Pseudowires”

61
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

The 7670 RSP supports both native IP forwarding and MPLS. The platform is
designed to perform simultaneous full line-rate IP forwarding and label
switching at all ports, with CoS, access lists, and other features applied. By
separating its routing and forwarding functions, the 7670 RSP leverages its
data- and control-plane architecture to provide more robust forwarding. By
combining its expertise in carrier-grade switching with state-of-the-art IP
routing technologies, Alcatel-Lucent has created the ultimate,
multiservice-based MPLS solution for next-generation networks.

MPLS overview
MPLS brings much-needed network and traffic engineering capabilities to the
connectionless, hop-by-hop routing approach used in large-scale IP networks.
These traffic engineering capabilities allow service providers to meet the
demand for premium IP services.

MPLS defines labels associated with IP forwarding properties and the signaling
mechanisms used to assign them. The protocol results in switched IP paths
called LSPs. LSPs can be viewed as the connection through which traffic
passes. The 7670 RSP supports P-LSPs (provisioned) and S-LSPs (signaled).
P-LSPs are unidirectional, static LSPs established by cross-connections at
each end of the node. S-LSPs are dynamic LSPs established by a signaling
protocol. Once traffic is mapped onto an LSP, MPLS forwards
label-encapsulated IP packets along the predefined path by means of label
swapping. The 7670 RSP looks up the packet’s input port and incoming label
and swaps them for the outgoing port and outgoing label. The 7670 RSP
examines only the label—the MPLS payload is ignored. The granularity of
control in the form of a path lends itself to traffic engineering for optimizing
network use, enhancing scalability of the IP network, and reducing operational
complexity.

7670 RSP as an LER


LERs are deployed at the edge of an MPLS network and are capable of routing
and forwarding labeled packets. The 7670 RSP can function as an LER, setting
up network paths that follow specific topological routes or defined constraints,
such as resource availability and explicit routes.

As an LER, the 7670 RSP participates in Layer 3 routing, communicating with


edge routers receiving native IP packets, and labeling and unlabeling packets
at the edge of the MPLS domain.

The 7670 RSP supports LER functionality on all IP forwarding-capable line


cards. The Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP, Multi-Rate 16 POS, Gigabit Ethernet, and
Multi-Rate 48 Channelized Multi-Protocol line cards support IP forwarding.

7670 RSP as an LSR


LSRs are deployed at the core of an MPLS network and are capable of
forwarding labeled packets. The 7670 RSP can function as a high-performance
LSR with QoS, across both ATM and IP interfaces.

62
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

As an LSR, the 7670 RSP participates in the IP routing control plane and
becomes a true IP routing peer, transforming the IP network from a
transparent overlay into a converged Layer 2 and Layer 3 network.

The 7670 RSP supports LSR functions at OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4,


OC48/STM16, and Gigabit Ethernet line rates.

Figure 29 shows the 7670 RSP deployed as both an LER and an LSR.

Figure 29: 7670 RSP as an LER and an LSR

MPLS network

IP packet Label IP packet Label IP packet IP packet

Router Router
7670 RSP 7670 RSP 7670 RSP
Node A Node B Node C
LER LSR LER
18056

Filters
With MPLS, the 7670 RSP gives service providers rich functionality to fully
control and engineer their IP networks. By providing the ability to specify the
route that traffic will follow through a network, MPLS allows service providers
to use traffic filters to reserve resources for an LSP and define the class of
service that traffic is accorded on the LSP. Traffic filters are applied to all
packets entering the network.

LSP tunnels
An LSP tunnel gives service providers a flexible way of carrying IP traffic over
MPLS. The tunnel is an LSP that is set up without explicit IP destination
address information in the signaling protocol. The traffic that flows along the
tunnel is selected by the LSP’s ingress node according to network operator
specifications. Any LSP can be a tunnel. Service providers can use LSP tunnels
to create the following:
• an IGP shortcut, which is a virtual link to a target router
• a BGP-4 shortcut, which is a virtual link to a target border router
• a CoS-filtered LSP, in which the LSP carries only packets with a certain set of
DSCP values
• IP VPN
• Layer 2 pseudowires

63
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Multiple parallel LSPs


Service providers can use multiple parallel LSPs to meet different service
requirements. Multiple parallel LSPs allow IP packets going to the same
IP destination prefix to travel on LSPs with different QoS and different routes.
These can be a combination of S-LSPs and P-LSPs. Traffic on multiple parallel
LSPs is classified based on a preconfigured CoS that is DSCP-based or on VRF
policy.

Prefix-based filters
All IP traffic associated with a destination IP address prefix that matches a
filter prefix is placed on the LSP carrying the filter. A CoS can be applied to the
filter.

S-LSPs
S-LSPs are dynamic LSPs that are established using either the RSVP-TE or the
LDP signaling protocol. The 7670 RSP implements the following on S-LSPs:
• FEC match criteria for IP address prefixes
• generic or explicitly routed LSPs, with either best-effort service or QoS
• path rerouting upon link failure

The 7670 RSP supports the creation and transit of RSVP-TE, CR-LDP,
LDP-DU, and LDP-DoD S-LSPs, allowing the 7670 RSP to act as an LSR (P
router in an IP VPN) or as an LER (PE router in an IP VPN).

While S-LSPs are dynamically routed by default, they can be configured to use
static routes. The 7670 RSP supports static primary routes and static alternate
source routes. The platform also supports dynamic primary routes and static
alternate routes. Primary/alternate route information is part of end-to-end
protection.

LER support with CR-LDP/LDP-DoD


S-LSPs can now be explicitly configured to use the CR-LDP or LDP-DoD
signaling protocols. LDP-DoD is used to set up an S-LSP with no mechanisms
for specifying path and resource constraints for the S-LSP. CR-LDP is an
extension of LDP-DoD that supports mechanisms for specifying path and
resource constraints for the S-LSP. CR-LDP uses the downstream on demand
(DoD) label distribution method and behaves in much the same way as
RSVP-TE.

CR-LDP along with RSVP-TE offer the benefit of enabling a IP VPN over an LSP
with the ability to specify path and resource constraints for the LSP.

64
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

MPLS signaling protocols


The 7670 RSP supports a wide range of signaling protocols:
• RSVP-TE
• LDP-DU
• LDP-DoD
• CR-LDP
• static

If RSVP-TE is used as the signaling protocol for an MPLS signaling link, the
LSPs used to transport packets between routers must be explicitly configured.
Bandwidth can be assigned to the LSP, and QoS and traffic engineering
parameters can be applied.

The 7670 RSP implements the following RSVP-TE functionality:


• non-stop MPLS with hot redundant signaling link protection
• strict and loose explicit routing
• LSP setup with bandwidth reservation, QoS, and best-effort service
• support of record route object
• CSPF at LER

The 7670 RSP also supports the LDP signaling protocol, which allows two LSRs
to agree on the labels to be applied to packets forwarded between them. The
LDP protocol supports the downstream unsolicited (LDP-DU) and
downstream on demand (LDP-DoD) label advertisement modes.

If LDP-DU is used as the signaling protocol for an MPLS signaling link, the LSPs
used for the transport of packets between routers are determined based on the
information exchanged over the set of BGP peering sessions configured
between routers. Once LDP-DU signaling links are established through the
MPLS core of the provider network, no additional configuration is required to
create the LDP tunnels.

Signaling link types


The 7670 RSP supports generic label signaling links and LC-ATM signaling
links. Cell relay, POS, and Gigabit Ethernet cards support generic label
signaling links. Only cell relay cards support LC-ATM signaling links.

Graceful restart for LDP


LDP graceful restart for planned and unplanned outages eliminates loss of
MPLS traffic caused by an LSR or LER control plane restart.

The 7670 RSP preserves the MPLS forwarding component across the restart
and preserves a requesting neighbor’s forwarding component across a restart
if the neighbor also supports graceful restart. The functions are supported for
both planned and unplanned outages. Preserving a neighbor’s forwarding
component enables the 7670 RSP to help that neighbor recover from an LDP

65
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

restart. During a control plane restart, the 7670 RSP continues to forward
traffic for regular LSPs or for Layer 2 VPNs or IP VPNs using LDP-DU as an
outer tunnel.

LDP graceful restart offers the benefit of providing improved MPLS/LSP


reliability to IP VPNs and pseudowire-based Layer 2 VPNs.

Parallel links
Parallel links allow labels for generic-label interfaces to be managed on a single
signaling link. When multiple adjacencies exist between directly connected
peers, traffic may be moved from one to the other if an interface fails.

If a failure is detected, new interfaces are selected to carry the S-LSPs


originally carried on the failed interface. The selection is identical to the
selection that is performed when the S-LSP is originally established. If the
S-LSP cannot be moved to a parallel adjacency, it is resignaled on a parallel
signaling link if one exists. If no other path exists, the failure propagates
upstream.

S-LSP path modification without break


S-LSPs that use the RSVP-TE signaling protocol support path modification
without break functionality, allowing service providers to make changes to an
S-LSP’s configuration without interrupting traffic. When an S-LSP’s
configuration changes, the original path remains connected until the path with
the changed configuration is connected. When the new path is connected,
traffic is switched and the old path is deleted.

S-LSP tunnels
The 7670 RSP supports a hierarchy of labeled traffic by sending MPLS labeled
traffic through an outer S-LSP acting as a tunnel. The S-LSP is tunneled inside
the outer S-LSP by adding the outer S-LSP label on top of the existing label.
S-LSP hierarchy supports Layer 2 VPNs, IP VPNs, and bypass tunnels.

Outer S-LSPs can be unconstrained tunnels or constrained tunnels


(TE-tunnels). Any RSVP-TE, CR-LDP, LDP-DoD, or LDP-DU LSP is
automatically an unconstrained tunnel when it is created.

An RSVP-TE LSP or CR-LDP LSP can be configured as a Layer 3 interface. This


configuration allows reservable bandwidth and an administrative group to be
specified for the tunnel. All other Layer 3 interface characteristics are defined
by the LSP.

Layer 2 VPNs can select an RSVP-TE, CR-LDP, LDP-DoD, or LDP-DU LSP as


an outer tunnel. The tunnel must terminate on the correct router as identified
by the router ID, and it must match the CoS configured for the pseudowire.

66
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Layer 3 VPNs can select an RSVP-TE, CR-LDP, LDP-DoD, or LDP-DU LSP as


an outer tunnel, as long as the tunnel terminates on the correct router as
identified by the router ID.

S-LSP protection
Path protection improves the reliability of packet transfers in MPLS-based
networks, without requiring complete hardware redundancy. On the
7670 RSP, path protection is applied to each S-LSP individually and is provided
through fault detection, end-to-end protection, and fast reroute.

Fault detection
When an S-LSP fails at a lower level (for example, the physical layer), that level
attempts to repair the problem. If the problem cannot be handled at the lower
level, the failure is propagated to the MPLS layer, and S-LSP protection is
activated.

In addition to failures detected by MPLS, LDP detects failures of directly


connected adjacent nodes using the Hello protocol. An adjacency is considered
down if it does not receive a Hello message within 15 seconds.

The RSVP-TE protocol detects local interface failures when the port fails.

Failures detected at destination and transit nodes are propagated to the


original node upstream using the signaling path.

End-to-end protection
End-to-end protection is applied to an entire S-LSP from source to destination.
End-to-end protection is implemented when an alternate route is configured
for an S-LSP, and it is activated when a failure is detected at or propagated to
the S-LSP’s source node.

The 7670 RSP supports end-to-end protection on S-LSPs that use the
RSVP-TE or CR-LDP protocol. S-LSPs can be configured for hot standby or
cold standby. When an S-LSP is configured for hot standby, an alternate route
is pre-established parallel to the primary route.When an S-LSP is configured
for cold standby, an alternate route is configured but is not established until
the primary route fails.

Reversion
The 7670 RSP supports automatic or manual reversion. With automatic
reversion, traffic is automatically restored to the primary route when it has
been re-established. With manual reversion, the traffic remains on the
alternate route until it is manually restored to the primary route. Manual
reversion gives operators the option of keeping traffic on an alternate route
until it is certain that the primary route is stable.

67
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Fast reroute
Fast reroute allows traffic to be moved onto a different path at a transit node
of an S-LSP. Since traffic is being rerouted from a point close to the failure,
recovery times are faster. A fast reroute of an S-LSP can be performed using a
bypass tunnel or a detour LSP. Bypass tunnels are a 1:N protection mechanism
in which many LSPs are protected by a tunnel. Detour LSPs are a 1:1
protection mechanism suited for networks with a small number of LSPs,
diverse bandwith reservation, or diverse LSP routing. Fast reroute is
supported on S-LSPs that use the RSVP-TE protocol.

MPLS OAM
The following MPLS OAM diagnostic and troubleshooting tools are used to
monitor LSPs and isolate faults when an LSP fails to deliver user traffic:
• MPLS LSP ping
• MPLS LSP traceroute
• pseudowire VCCV (for further information, see the “Pseudowire VCCV”
subsection in this chapter)

MPLS ping tests the integrity of the LSP connection, using MPLS echo requests
and echo replies to validate LSP connectivity.

MPLS traceroute provides fault localization and LSP path tracing, leveraging
MPLS ping along with manipulation of the time-to-live (TTL) field in the IP
packet header, to identify each MPLS router in the path taken by the LSP.

Both of these features provide simple and efficient mechanisms to detect LSP
data plane failures and isolate faults in an MPLS network. They also mirror
functionality for IP network troubleshooting.

IP data plane
The 7670 RSP IP data plane supports:
• IP forwarding with differentiated service (Diffserv)
• ICMP
• IP CoS with hierarchical shaping
• packet filtering using access lists and rate limiting
• reverse path filtering
• admission control
• DHCP relay

IP forwarding
With IP forwarding, IP packets received at one interface are forwarded to
another interface based on the packet’s destination IP address and the IP
forwarding table created through routing protocols. The 7670 RSP supports IP
forwarding on the Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP, Multi-Rate 16 POS, Multi-Rate 48
Channelized Multi-Protocol, and Gigabit Ethernet line cards.

68
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Routed bridged encapsulation


An RBE interface is a Layer 3 interface on an ATM VC configured to use
bridged Ethernet encapsulation.

RBE enables the 7670 RSP to terminate ADSL and SHDSL traffic at a Layer 3
IP forwarding interface and transmit the traffic over the network using IP
forwarding.

Ingress packets are stripped of their MAC header and forwarded according to
the IP payload in the packet. Egress packets are encapsulated with a MAC
address corresponding to an entry in a locally maintained ARP table. Layer 3
interface support conforms to RFC 2684. ARP support conforms to RFC 826.

The MR48 line card currently supports up to 16 000 RBE interfaces when it is
configured in scaled mode.

MR48 line card IP interface enhancements


The 7670 RSP supports scheduling and shaping at the CoS level for a Layer 3
ATM interface on an MR48 line card using two scheduling modes: per-CoS
shaping and hierarchical shaping.

To enable the 7670 RSP to be used in a single-VC/single-service configuration,


the local MAC address can be configured for each RBE interface to be one of
six system MAC addresses.

The improvements of the MR48 card offer the following benefits:


• a more cost-effective solution for terminating IP traffic of DSL broadband
access customers
• better flexibility for SLA offerings for business IP services
• IP termination of broadband access customers in a single-VC/single-service
network configuration
• capability to connect DSLAMs that require bridged interfaces

IP interface groups
An interface group is a set of Layer 3 interfaces configured with the same
parameters.

IP interface groups allow the bulk configuration of thousands of IP interfaces


that share a common set of parameters residing in the same IP subnet on the
MR48 line card. As interface parameters are configured for the group, any new
interfaces added to the group are automatically configured with those
parameters.

Groups also expand the capability of the 7670 RSP DHCP relay functionality by
enabling the DHCP server to assign IP subnets per port, per VP, or per VC
range.

69
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

SRRP
SRRP is a suite of protection mechanisms to provide redundancy protection for
static IP host access to a default gateway. SRRP makes it possible for service
providers to replace two redundant routers configured with VRRP with a single
7670 RSP. SRRP is interoperable with any standard configuration.

SRRP provides interface protection by configuring an interface protection


group consisting of a primary and a backup Layer 3 interface. In the event of
an ATM link failure (such as SONET or OAM failure) on a primary interface in
the protection group, an interface protection switch takes place to the backup
interface so that traffic continues to flow.

Interface protection can only be configured on interfaces that are members of


an RBE interface group on the MR48 line card. The backup interface is created
on a specified channel using the same VPI/VCI as the primary interface and
must be in the same slot as the primary interface.

SRRP offers the benefit of providing redundancy at the ATM layer for an
IP/ATM Layer 3 interface.

ICMP
ICMP provides a mechanism that IP routers and hosts can use to communicate
any control or error information. The 7670 RSP uses ICMP to report problems
and test destination reachability.

The 7670 RSP implements the following ICMP functionality:


• IP error handling, such as destination unreachable
• traceroute
• ping (multisession, directed, VRF-sensitive, rapid, and self)
• rate limiting of ICMP messages

IP CoS
With IP CoS, service providers can offer differentiated services to their
customers. CoS provides prioritized queuing services for certain types of traffic
and prevents any one class of traffic from monopolizing system resources and
bandwidth.

The 7670 RSP supports eight configurable IP CoS. CoS parameters define the
system-level behavior for any traffic using that CoS. Gigabit Ethernet VLAN
interfaces map the eight CoS to one of three different treatments of
service—high, medium, or low.

IP traffic can be classified into one of eight CoS by using multifield


classification or DSCP remarking.

70
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Differentiated services and DSCP to CoS profile


DS profiles can be configured on an interface to support differentiated
services. IP packets arriving from an interface are classified according to the
DSCP field in the header and are mapped to one of the classes according to the
configured DS profile. The 7670 RSP supports 16 DS profiles.

Multifield classification
With multifield classification, service providers can assign a CoS and DP to IP
packets based on a set of rules defined in a list.

DSCP remarking
With DSCP remarking, service providers can use the 7670 RSP to change the
DSCP field in the header of an IP packet to a new DSCP based on the internal
CoS and DP of the packet. The new DSCP is used by a next-hop router and
does not affect the CoS and DP of the packet at the current node. Typically,
DSCP remarking is performed on an egress interface. Ingress DSCP remarking
is used in conjunction with multifield classification, DS metering or policing,
and untrusted interfaces.

Packet filtering using access control lists and rate limiting


Service providers can use access lists for packet filtering in order to protect
their networks from unwanted traffic or traffic sent maliciously. When an
access list has been configured and assigned to an interface, the list checks
packets to ensure that they conform to the rules specified in the list.

Access lists can contain permit, deny, or rate limiting rules. When a packet
matches a permit rule in an access list, the 7670 RSP forwards incoming or
outgoing packets on the interface. When a packet matches a deny rule in an
access list, the 7670 RSP drops incoming or outgoing packets against the
interface.

With rate limiting, the packet arrival or departure rate at an interface is


configured in packets per second. If the specified number of packets or less
arrive at or depart from the node within 1 second, they are permitted. Packets
that arrive at or depart from the node at a rate that exceeds the configured
limit are denied. This rule gives service providers the ability to protect their
networks from flooding—packets are permitted, but in a controlled manner.

The 7670 RSP supports both standard and extended access lists. Standard
access lists use source addresses for matching operations; extended access
lists use source and destination addresses for matching operations as well as
parameters such as TCP flags, fragments, protocol type, and port numbers.

In addition to filtering traffic that is forwarded by the node, access lists can be
used to filter traffic that terminates on the node regardless of the line card on
which the traffic arrived.

71
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Reverse path filtering


Reverse path filtering is a security feature that can be used as part of a network
strategy to protect against denial of service and distributed denial of service
attacks. Many host and router attacks rely on spoofed, or false, IP source
addresses. With reverse path filtering enabled, the 7670 RSP performs a
lookup in the FIB against the source IP address for each packet it receives. If
the source IP address is recognized, the 7670 RSP forwards the packet. If the
source IP address is not recognized, the packet fails the reverse path filtering
check, and it is not forwarded into the network. Instead, the packet is counted
and discarded. Reverse path filtering is typically applied on untrusted
interfaces at the edge of a network; it provides security to downstream nodes
in the network.

Admission control
Admission control is a mechanism that ensures traffic guarantees by
preventing more reservations of bandwidth than the various queuing points
can handle. Admission control admits transport interfaces (the link between
each IP forwarder to each IP forwarding card), Layer 3 interfaces, and LSPs
requiring reserved bandwidth to a port in a hierarchical fashion.

Admission control for Layer 3 interfaces and LSPs


Admission control for Layer 3 interfaces and LSPs is performed hierarchically
as follows.
• Interfaces are admitted to the ports and channels of a card.
• Tunnel LSPs or other outer label LSPs are admitted into the interfaces.
• Inner label LSPs are admitted into tunnel LSPs.

On ATM ports and channels, the interfaces also must coexist with PVCs, SVCs,
and SPVCs.

Admission control for transport interfaces


Admission control for transport interfaces is based on the values of the system
CoS configuration. If the transport interfaces use the default values of CoS,
they are treated as multipoint-to-point connections. The values in the traffic
descriptors from each of the congestion points in the fabric are admitted only
once based on admission control. The values are used as rates relative to an
OC12 rate that IP and MPLS traffic consume through the fabric as a whole. If a
transport interface has values for CoS other than the default values, it is
treated as a point-to-point connection between two line cards for reserved
resources.

Hierarchy of admission control


The 7670 RSP supports two modes for admission control and queuing on an
interface: shared bandwidth and reserved bandwidth.

In shared bandwidth mode, all interfaces on a port share the bandwidth on a


first-come, first-served basis.

72
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

In reserved bandwidth mode, resource-reserved LSPs take the bandwidth from


the configured MPLS reservable bandwidth. Non-resource-reserved traffic is
scheduled to use the difference between the bandwidth of a Layer 3 interface
and the bandwidth that is currently used by the resource-reserved LSPs.

DHCP relay
The 7670 RSP provides DHCP/BOOTP Relay agent services for DHCP clients
and servers. A DHCP client is an IP-capable device (typically a computer) that
uses DHCP to obtain configuration parameters such as a network address. A
DHCP server is an Internet host or router that returns configuration
parameters to DHCP clients. A DHCP/BOOTP Relay agent is a host or router
(for example, the 7670 RSP) that passes DHCP messages between clients and
servers.

Home computers in a residential high-speed Internet application typically use


the DHCP protocol to have their IP address assigned by their Internet service
provider. The DHCP protocol requires the client to transmit a request packet
with a destination address of 255.255.255.255 (broadcast) that is processed by
the DHCP server. Since most IP routers are not generally configured to forward
broadcast packets, the DHCP client and server must reside on the same
network segment. However, when the 7670 RSP is acting as a DHCP Relay
agent, it processes these DHCP broadcast packets and relays them to a DHCP
server, eliminating the need for DHCP clients and servers to reside on the same
network segment.

DHCP reforwarding is an option that provides the ability to switch the


destination of specified DHCP packets to a DHCP server, offering the flexibility
to act as a DHCP Relay agent.

IP routing support
IP routing support is the foundation for the MPLS capability of the 7670 RSP.
See Table 29 in Appendix B for a list of IP routing protocols supported on the
7670 RSP.

Non-stop IP routing and forwarding


Routers used in a typical IP network today do not have the ability to continue
updating the routing database and forwarding packets when a route processing
engine experiences failure. For this reason, most current network
implementations rely on a paired-node architecture to provide the required
redundancy and network reliability for service providers’ mission-critical
IP-based services.

Non-stop IP routing builds on the 7670 RSP system architecture, which


separates routing and forwarding functions, therefore improving the reliability
of the IP network. Unlike typical second-generation routers, the routing
processor of the inactive control card in the control-redundant 7670 RSP is in
hot standby for the active routing stack—there is no need for reset of BGP
sessions or convergence of OSPF, IS-IS, or RIP. The control card maintains

73
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

routing adjacencies, calculates the IP forwarding table, and downloads the IP


forwarding table to the line cards that support forwarding directly. The line
cards forward traffic based on information from the IP forwarding table.
Non-stop IP routing means fewer routers, interfaces, and IP addresses and
therefore fewer points of failure.

Key features of non-stop IP routing on the 7670 RSP include:


• separation of control plane (routing) and data plane (forwarding)
• hot redundancy for BGP, OSPF, IS-IS, RIPv2, and static routing
• forwarding table redundancy
• redundant and hot concurrent parallel processing router engines
• continued adding or changing of routes when a route processing engine is
pulled
• control card and line card redundancy

Non-stop IP routing on the 7670 RSP offers service providers the following
benefits:

• preservation of SLAs
• no route flaps in the network
• no traffic oscillation in the network
• software upgrades are hitless or non-service-affecting
• soft reset of line cards does not interrupt service
• fast switch failover – in milliseconds, not minutes
• achievement of true 99.999% availability (less than 5 minutes downtime per
year)
• non-stop forwarding

Non-stop RSVP-TE
Non-stop RSVP-TE is a major enhancement to the existing RSVP-TE
functionality. Non-stop RSVP totally eliminates loss of MPLS traffic caused by
an LSR or LER control plane restart, specifically, the restart of the RSVP label
distribution protocol component. The 7670 RSP preserves the MPLS
forwarding component across the restart. During a control plane restart, the
7670 RSP continues to forward traffic for RSVP-TE LSPs or for Layer 2 or IP
VPNs or MPLS pseudowire service using RSVP-TE as an outer tunnel, primary
route, alternate route, or bypass tunnel.

Non-stop RSVP is enabled by default and is not configurable. Non-stop


RSVP-TE does not require any extension to standard RSVP-TE and is
interoperable with any third-party, standards-compliant platform.

Non-stop RSVP-TE offers the following benefits:


• improves MPLS/LSP reliability
• brings an IP/MPLS-based converged backbone network up to a 99.999%
reliability

74
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

CSPF for RSVP-TE and CR-LDP


CSPF enables the configuration of constraints on the routing of RSVP-TE and
CR-LDP S-LSPs. The constraints are reservable bandwidth and administrative
group. CSPF uses traffic engineering metrics circulated by OSPF and IS-IS to
calculate its constrained paths. CSPF provides a means of controlling the path
taken by traffic using RSVP-TE and CR-LDP S-LSPs.

The CSPF feature for RSVP-TE and CR-LDP enables the 7670 RSP to compute
a path for an LSP from a source node to a destination node subject to various
constraints.

CSPF offers the benefit of enabling the 7670 RSP to calculate the LSP route
with required constraints.

RIPv2 support
RIP is a routing protocol based on the Bellman-Ford algorithm, which uses
distance vector routing. RIP is an older, widely used protocol. It is supported
by many CE routers that do not support other dynamic routing protocols. RIP
is therefore ideal for use as a PE-CE routing protocol in an IP VPN.

The 7670 RSP supports RIPv2, as defined in RFC 2453. RIPv2 adds
authentication and support for subnet masks to RIP. RIP supports route
redistribution to and from other protocols such as BGP, OSPF, and IS-IS, and
supports non-stop routing. A RIP version compatibility switch is also
supported to interoperate with RIPv1-based routers.

RIPv2 offers the following benefits:


• enables high-availability IP and IP VPN services
• expands new CE routing options, which is particularly useful with many
ADSL-based routers

Graceful restart helper for BGP


Graceful restart helper for BGP helps to minimize network route flaps when
peering sessions, or neighbors, restart. Typically, when a routing processor of
a router goes down, before the redundant routing process restarts, all the
routes advertised by this router are withdrawn by its neighboring routers,
causing route flaps.

The 7670 RSP is fully redundant, which prevents any loss in its BGP peering
sessions, so it only implements the receiving side of the graceful restart
capability. This enables it to act as a helper to a neighboring restarting router
that has advertised the graceful restart capability.

Graceful restart helper for BGP enables the 7670 RSP to preserve BGP routes
learned from a neighbor, during a session restart of that neighbor, provided
that the restart happens within a certain time limit that was negotiated during
session establishment. The 7670 RSP can process restart requests from
multiple BGP neighbors and routers.

75
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Graceful restart helper for BGP offers the benefit of interoperable routing
resiliency with other third-party, standards-compliant P routers and PE
routers.

Graceful restart helper for OSPF


Graceful restart helper for OSPF provides a mechanism by which an OSPF
router can stay on the forwarding path as its OSPF routing stack restarts. The
7670 RSP supports this functionality.

When the 7670 RSP receives a grace LSA from a neighboring router, indicating
that the router is about to restart, the 7670 RSP performs the helper function
by continuing to advertise LSAs as if the restarting OSPF router was
continuously operational. The 7670 RSP can help multiple restarting routers at
the same time.

Graceful restart helper for OSPF offers the benefit of interoperable routing
resiliency with other third-party, standards-compliant P routers and PE
routers.

ECMP
ECMP is a method of distributing traffic to a single destination over several
equivalent paths in order to balance the traffic load. The 7670 RSP can support
up to eight equal-cost paths per destination. ECMP is supported by OSPF,
BGP, IS-IS, RIP, and static routing.

Routing policies
Service providers can use the 7670 RSP to create routing policies from
autonomous system path lists, access lists, prefix lists, community lists, and
route maps. Routing policies are used to filter incoming and outgoing routes
and can be applied to BGP peers, RIP peers, IS-IS links, OSPF links,
redistribution, and aggregation.

IP multicast
IP multicast is a bandwidth-conserving technology that reduces traffic by
sending a single stream of traffic to multiple recipients.

In a unicast environment, a source host must send a separate data stream for
each host wishing to receive the data. In a multicast environment, hosts
wishing to receive a particular data stream join a multicast group. The source
host only needs to send a single data stream for the multicast group, regardless
of how many receiving hosts belong to the group.

The 7670 RSP supports IP multicast routing to deliver traffic to multiple


receivers using the IGMP, PIM-SM, and PIM-SSM protocols.

The 7670 RSP supports multicast ping and traceroute to enable insertion into
a multicast tree and interception of replies.

76
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Based on the IP multicast address, the 7670 RSP classifies a multicast tree into
one of the IP CoS, and prioritizes it amongst other IP unicast traffic in the node.

The IP multicast capability of the 7670 RSP offers the following benefits:
• provides an IP-layer solution for broadcast video distribution
• brings the right QoS to video distribution
• enables the following applications:
• video conferencing and corporate communications
• distance learning
• software distribution
• stock quotes and news feeds
• broadcast TV
• combination of the above, delivered via one video interface

IGMP
IGMP is a protocol used between hosts and multicast routers on a single
physical network to establish membership of the hosts in particular multicast
groups. Hosts send IGMP messages to the local multicast router indicating
their interest in joining a particular group or their intention to leave the group.
The messages are encapsulated in IP packets.

IGMP is also used by the multicast router to check on the status of group
membership. The router sends out membership queries periodically to verify
that there is at least one host in the attached network (subnetwork) that is
interested in receiving messages from a particular group.

As a multicast router, the 7670 RSP maintains a list of multicast groups.

The 7670 RSP supports IGMP v2 as per RFC 2236. The 7670 RSP supports
static IGMP, where the interface is manually added or removed, if the receiving
host does not support IGMP. The interface is statically added as an outgoing IP
interface (OIF) to the multicast tree. The 7670 RSP also supports non-stop
IGMP, whereby during a control card switchover or software upgrade, all OIF
in the multicast tree are maintained.

Static multicast
With static multicast, the 7670 RSP can add an incoming IP interface (IIF) to
the tree without having to run any dynamic PIM protocol.

IGMP proxy
IGMP proxy is a method used to send IGMP request messages between routers.
IGMP proxy enables the router to issue IGMP host messages on behalf of hosts
that the router discovered through standard IGMP interfaces. The router acts
as a proxy for its hosts.

IGMP proxy, as a solution, enables the 7670 RSP to provide each DSLAM with
only the specific channels that it has requested, thereby greatly reducing the
problem of video bandwidth exhaustion from unnecessary channel replication.

77
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

This optimized bandwidth between the broadcast server and the end user
translates into service providers being able to offer a greater variety of TV and
video channels to end customers over limited bandwidth.

PIM-SM
PIM-SM is a multicast routing protocol that uses information in the unicast
routing table to perform multicast routing. PIM-SM is protocol-independent.
With the PIM-SM protocol, multicast traffic is forwarded only to networks
containing hosts that have explicitly requested the data (that is, have joined
the multicast group). PIM-SM is known as an any-source protocol because it
supports traffic from multiple sources to the same multicast group. Multicast
sources transmit data to multicast groups in the range of 224.0.1.0 to
239.255.255.255.

PIM-SM uses a shared tree model to determine the path that the multicast
traffic takes through the network. A shared tree is also called an RP tree
because it uses a central multicast router as a rendezvous point (RP). There is
one shared tree per multicast group. The 7670 RSP can be deployed as a
designated router (DR) as well as an RP.

The PIM-SM protocol offers the benefit of simplifying the routing or forwarding
of multicast traffic in the network.

PIM-SSM
Protocol independent multicast - source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) is an IP
multicast routing protocol, a derivation of PIM-SM, that supports traffic from a
single source to many receiving hosts. Although PIM-SSM uses the same
join/prune procedure as PIM-SM, it does not need the RP-based, shared-tree
infrastructure that is required by PIM-SM. PIM-SSM uses a source-specific tree
model (or shortest-path tree) to determine the path that multicast traffic takes
through the network.

The default PIM-SSM address range is 232/8 (232.0.0.0 to 232.255.255.255).


Addresses in this range are reserved for source-specific applications and
therefore cannot be used for SM applications. However, SSM applications are
not limited to this range; they can use the entire Class D address range.

PIM-SSM reduces the risk of denial of service attacks because only an exact,
specified source can send to a particular IP multicast group.

78
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

IPv6
IP version 6 (IPv6) is a set of protocols designed to replace IP version 4 (IPv4)
and to provide the following solutions:
• expand address capabilities for new and advanced applications, to address the
eventual exhaustion of IPv4 addresses
• equitably distribute addressing assignment space as needed
• enable full peer-to-peer communications between end-user devices
• provide inherent support for 3G mobile IP multimedia applications and
real-time services
• enable easier autoconfiguration and renumbering for advanced mobility
services
• improve security at the IP level, for authentication and data integrity

IPv6 introduces 128-bit addresses—a major increase over IPv4’s 32-bit


addresses. As a result, both fixed and mobile service providers are able to
future-proof their networks to meet the continued growth in demand for
IP-based applications and services.

IPv6 Ready certification


The 7670 RSP is the first multiservice platform to achieve the
industry-recognized, IPv6 Forum-sponsored, IPv6 Ready certification. This
certification was given by an independent third-party testing house—the
Interoperability Laboratory at the University of New Hampshire.

Non-stop IPv6 routing and forwarding


On the 7670 RSP, the IPv6 Routing Information Base (RIBv6) contains routes
added by routing protocols and local IPv6-enabled interfaces. Four sources of
IPv6 routes are supported: IPv6 static routing, IBGP 6PE, IBGP 6VPE, and
local interfaces. Only the best routes, chosen based on the route’s lowest or
most direct administrative distance, are downloaded to the Forwarding
Information Base on the line cards.

IPv6 implementation on the 7670 RSP extends its functionality to add support
for high availability for IPv6 (IPv6 non-stop routing and forwarding). In the
case of a control card activity switch or nodal upgrade, the hot standby
redundancy mechanism between the active and the standby control cards
ensures enhanced reliability and service continuity.

IPv6 QoS
In an MPLS-enabled network, IP traffic is transported in LSPs. These LSPs
provide traffic flow segregation and bandwidth reservation, as well as up to
eight classes of service, through the use of the EXP bit in the MPLS header.
Different classes of IPv6 traffic can be mapped to different EXP bit values. This
means that a service provider can not only offer IPv6 services (such as

79
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

enterprise connectivity, internet, NGN voice networks, and mobile


applications), but can offer differentiated and premium IPv6 services with
quantifiable and measurable end-to-end QoS.

IPv6 over MPLS


IPv6 is supported on the MR48 and Gigabit Ethernet line cards. The 7670 RSP
acts as a dual-stack router, and both IPv4 and IPv6 can run simultaneously.

IPv6 is deployed over an MPLS backbone, enabling isolated IPv6 domains to


communicate with each other over an MPLS/IPv4 core network. Using this
implementation, forwarding is based on MPLS labels rather than the IPv6
header. This results in fewer infrastructure upgrades and reconfigurations of
core routers to support IPv6. Deploying IPv6 on provider edge routers is
possible using 6PE or 6VPE.

6PE
The 7670 RSP can be deployed as a 6PE router.

In a typical deployment scenario, the 7670 RSP acts as a 6PE router that is
connected to IPv6 CE routers via IPv6 interfaces. IPv6 reachability information
is advertised through a multiprotocol BGP session running over IPv4. IPv6
static routers or directly connected IPv6 routers are used to redistribute IPv6
reachability information into multiprotocol BGP.

6VPE
The 7670 RSP can also be deployed as a 6VPE router in an IPv6-capable VPN
to support IPv6 traffic over MPLS.

The 6VPE router maintains separate IPv6 VRFs for each VPN. The PE routers
use the VRFs to collect information for each IPv6 VPN. In a similar setup to
IPv4, IPv6 routing information is exchanged between PEs using BGP with
multiprotocol extensions to support carrying routes from VPN-IPv6 address
families. IPv6 static routes in a VPN, or directly connected IPv6 VPN routes,
are redistributed into multiprotocol BGP.

ICMPv6
ICMPv6 is an updated version of ICMPv4, a diagnostics and troubleshooting
tool used by the 7670 RSP. ICMPv6 is used in the operations, administration,
maintenance, and provisioning of an IPv6 network. The following functions and
message types are supported:
• neighbor discovery
• troubleshooting (ping and traceroute)
• error handling
• Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD)

80
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

IP VPNs (Layer 3 VPNs)


IP VPNs are a standardized and widely deployed method of establishing secure
communications networks for enterprise customers or for simplifying carrier
IP infrastructure. With IP VPNs, carriers can provide enterprises with the
ability to connect a number of different locations and create a “private”
network, in a secure and cost-effective manner. This ability can be extended to
a number of different IP VPNs.

IP VPNs differ from traditional Layer 1 VPNs (which require a physically


separate infrastructure) and Layer 2 VPNs (which connect sites using frame
relay, ATM, or Ethernet with a virtual circuit). Instead, IP VPNs can provide
equivalent or improved service since multiple VPNs can be delivered from a
common infrastructure, where the total cost of the network is lowered and
utilization is maximized.

IP VPNs on the 7670 RSP are based on RFC 4364 (formerly 2547bis). Premium
IP VPN functionality is available because of the high availability, guaranteed
QoS, traffic engineering, simple and quick provisioning, and full management
capabilities unique to IP VPN implementation on the 7670 RSP.

7670 RSP solution for IP VPNs


Table 5 lists the features that make the 7670 RSP one of the most versatile and
cost-effective solutions for deploying IP VPNs.

Table 5: Features of the 7670 RSP IP VPN solution

Feature Description
High-availability services based The platform provides non-stop routing for the
on high-availability architecture VRFs delivering the IP VPN service. This ensures
that if the control complex fails, the IGP or BGP
session and MPLS LSPs are not torn down and
that the network continues to exchange topology
information between peers. Non-stop routing
eliminates the reroute convergence time that
affects most dual-home router networks.
Proven QoS and traffic The platform integrates QoS and traffic
management tool, ensuring SLA management tools. It supports eight QoS levels
compliance per VPN interface, which correlate to DiffServ
queues that help to segregate and set priorities
for traffic with different delay and loss
characteristics. This flexibility enables service
providers to support a variety of applications on
the same VPN while maintaining a strict SLA for
each.
Support for import and export This feature enables import and export routing
route targets for improved policy to determine how customers communicate
extranet security, and VRF-based across VPNs based on how IP addresses are
routing policy handed off. This is the key building block for a
secured extranet offering.

(1 of 3)

81
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Feature Description
Dedicated and differentiated Tunnels are established between service nodes in
tunnels enable multiple service the core of the network to carry traffic from all
levels and flexible service pricing VPNs supported in a service provider’s network.
models The most common mechanism to establish these
tunnels is LDP-DU. The 7670 RSP supports a
more robust protocol, RSVP-TE, for establishing
tunnels. RSVP-TE also guarantees bandwidth
reservation between nodes. The 7670 RSP
enables service providers to run both protocols
(LDP-DU and RSVP-TE) simultaneously between
service nodes and to map a customer's VRF or
multiple VRFs to an LDP-DU or RSVP-TE tunnel.
The benefit is the ability to determine the
bandwidth reservation and service SLA level for
each customer and tariff the service accordingly.
Bandwidth guarantees per Bandwidth guarantees per VRF provide
Virtual Routing and Forwarding enhancements to Layer 3 VPN LSP tunnel
(VRF) management. Specifically, a set of CR-LDP S-LSPs
can be configured in an S-LSP list for use as outer
tunnels in a VRF for VPN packet flow between the
PE devices. Using the configured S-LSP list, the
7670 RSP will preferentially select an S-LSP
whose path ends match the BGP source update
address of the BGP session. This feature provides
an additional QoS mechanism to control L3 VPN
traffic between PEs. It also allows customers to
make better use of lower speed transport links,
guaranteeing that service no longer requires
trunks to become over-provisioned.
Virtualized DHCP relay agent IP addresses are assigned dynamically with
per VPN simplifies service DHCP, which is a flexible and easy way of
delivery, enabling CE-less VPN creating IP addresses for simple LAN networks.
site
Source-based forwarding (SBF) SBF allows operators to have greater control over
allows packets to be redirected how IP packets are forwarded within the
away from an interface’s default network; for example, based on host IP address,
route and onto a preferred LSP subnet, or specific application. This offers the
through the network flexibility to map the traffic to an LSP based on
ingress port and destination address. How the
packets are directed is based on the source IP
interface and on rules defined on Access Control
Lists (ACLs). SBF also enables the creation of
differentiated, highly secure VPN services. For
example, premium subscriber traffic can be
redirected to travel along a specific path through
the network, supporting CoS treatment
end-to-end.

(2 of 3)

82
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Feature Description
Inter-AS VPN option (b) This feature facilitates deployment of IP VPN
services in a variety of situations, allowing
multiple Autonomous Systems (AS) under the
control of a single organization to be effectively
linked. This enables merged service providers to
leverage multiple networks and exchange VPN
routes with other operators to deliver IP VPN
services, while still preserving existing
Autonomous Systems and not requiring a
dedicated interface per customer.
Concurrent support for Layer 2 The 7670 RSP is optimized to deliver multiple
and Layer 3 services services reliably and concurrently. Its architecture
supports IP and new and existing Layer 2
services over IP and MPLS technologies. For new
networks, it means one platform solution for both
Layer 2 and Layer 3 services. For existing
networks, it means additional revenue with
incremental investment versus the cost of
deploying a new network (customers activate
new services through standard software).

(3 of 3)

Pseudowires
Pseudowires provide a connection-oriented service between Layer 2 endpoints
on PE devices over an MPLS network. For Layer 2 connections across an MPLS
network, the 7670 RSP supports both Ethernet and ATM pseudowires.
Pseudowire LSPs are signaled through a targeted LDP session. The
pseudowires traverse the network over RSVP-TE and LDP-DU S-LSP tunnels
between the PE devices.

IP pseudowires are also supported on the 7670 RSP. They offer the benefit of
being able to be used in a service interworking capacity to encapsulate frame
relay or ATM (Layer 2 services) traveling between Ethernet devices. This
enables carriers to leverage their legacy transport services.

The 7670 RSP fully adheres to the IETF PWE3 framework for the
standardization of pseudowire functionality. For a complete list of pseudowire
standards and IP/MPLS standards compliance, see Table 14 in Appendix A.

Pseudowire VCCV
Pseudowire Virtual Circuit Connection Verification (VCCV) is a network fault
diagnostic and troubleshooting tool that notifies a remote router of the
diagnostic operations that are supported on the local node. VCCV emulates
fault detection and enhances the troubleshooting of Layer 2 services, including
ATM and Ethernet across an MPLS network. Pseudowire VCCV defines a set
of messages that are exchanged between PE devices in order to verify
connectivity of the pseudowire. To ensure that pseudowire packets follow the
same path as the data flow, they are encapsulated with the same labels.

For further information, see the “MPLS OAM” section in this chapter.

83
5. IP/MPLS on the 7670 RSP

Pseudowire endpoint coordination


Where supported, pseudowire endpoint coordination minimizes the use of
network resources when pseudowire establishment fails. If a pseudowire
signaling link fails to be established bidirectionally, the 7670 RSP withdraws
the pseudowire label to unreserve the associated network resources at both
the ingress and egress endpoints.

84
7670 RSP system architecture
This chapter describes the architecture of the 7670 RSP, including:

• “Architecture principles”
• “Single-shelf system overview”
• “Multishelf system overview”
• “Switching shelf”
• “Peripheral shelf”
• “In-service single-shelf to multishelf upgrade”
• “Line cards and I/O cards”

85
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Architecture principles
The 7670 RSP system architecture design is based on the following principles:
• scalability, density, and flexibility
• high availability
• simultaneous IP/MPLS and ATM functionality
• high performance

Scalability, density, and flexibility


The 7670 RSP supports a comprehensive range of scalability, capacity, and
performance options. A unique attribute of the 7670 RSP is its ability to scale
while in service from a 50 Gb/s to a 450 Gb/s switching fabric (redundant, full
duplex), supporting 320 Gb/s user I/Os (redundant, full duplex, APS enabled).
Its ability to scale up gradually after initial deployment not only defers capital
expenditures until traffic levels warrant, but also eliminates the need for
hardware upgrades. Service providers can optimize node configurations at
each individual site over an extended time and ensure capital is never tied up
in underused assets.

The 7670 RSP’s support for 768 000 virtual connections meets the carrier
requirement to migrate thousands of Layer 2 frame relay and ATM connections
and a high volume of associated state information onto a smaller number of
LSPs on an MPLS backbone. A general-purpose router does not usually have
the capacity to maintain this amount of Layer 2 state information without a
resulting impact on performance, throughput, or QoS. The 7670 RSP LSP
connection density has been sized to support the migration of the multiservice
networks to MPLS. The 7670 RSP can support up to 100 000 customers
simultaneously.

High availability
High availability, a core requirement for highly reliable products, is achieved
through the features listed in Table 6.

Table 6: 7670 RSP high-availability features

Feature Description
Midplane The adoption of a midplane architecture enables
easy replacement of I/O card optics, in case of
failure. Separating I/O cards from line cards reduces
service disruption when replacing faulty hardware or
performing maintenance.
Diagnostics The ability to quickly diagnose and identify any
components within the system that may be
experiencing degradation or problems ensures
maximum fault isolation and coverage.

LCR/APS (1) To achieve full flexibility, APS and LCR can be


deployed independently.

(1 of 2)

86
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Feature Description
Hitless upgrade In order to ensure high-availability services, carriers
must be able to upgrade the node without
interruption of services or breach of SLA
commitments.
Control redundancy An internal bus architecture enables full and rapid
synchronization between active and inactive control
cards.
Infrastructure The 7670 RSP provides redundancy protection for
redundancy the nodal infrastructure.
Safety net In the unlikely event of a double control card failure,
line cards stay up and data path traffic continues to
pass.
Fabric redundancy The 7670 RSP is designed with a redundant fabric
for high availability and 100% capacity protection.

(2 of 2)
Note
1. LCR is sometimes known as EPS.

IP/MPLS and ATM functionality


The 7670 RSP is an ideal platform for offering Layer 2 and Layer 3 services
concurrently.

High performance
The 7670 RSP platform supports high-performance SVC and SPVC call rates
and minimal IP routing convergence times. Wire-speed forwarding and
switching are supported on all ports at the same time.

System configurations
The 7670 RSP comes in two configurations: a standalone single-shelf
configuration (providing 50 Gb/s of bandwidth) and a multishelf configuration
(providing 450 Gb/s of bandwidth). Each shelf is based on a midplane design
in which cards may be plugged into the front or the rear. All the cabling is
located at the rear.

Single-shelf system overview


The single-shelf system is the base of the “pay-as-you-grow” solution offered
by the 7670 RSP. It can be seamlessly expanded while in service to become the
Control shelf (also known as Peripheral shelf 1) in a multishelf system.

The single shelf has a midplane design in which field-replaceable cards and I/O
cards are inserted in the front and back of the shelf. The front face of the
midplane also provides connection for three fan units, two power modules, and
two LED panels.

87
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Single-shelf layout
Figure 30 shows the layout of the single shelf. The shelf is divided into three
main areas:
• breaker panel and power termination area
• circuit-card area
• fan area

Figure 30: Layout of the 7670 RSP single shelf

Breaker panel and


power termination 14-2 13-2 12-2 11-2 10-2 9-2
6-2 5-2 4-2 3-2 2-2 1-2

area
Status Status 16-2 15-2
Status Status
Status
Status Status
Status

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

7-1 Switch X
8-1 Switch Y

Status
Status
Active Status
Active Status
I/O Active Status
I/O Active Status Status
I/O Active
I/O Active Active Status
I/O
I/O Active
Status 1-1
Status
3-1 2-1
Active Status
Active Status
Status 5-1 4-1
I/O Active
I/O Active
Active
Status
Status
6-1
I/O
I/O Active Status
I/O Active
I/O Active
I/O
Status
I/O 9-1
11-1 10-1 Status Active

Circuit-card
12-1 Active
14-1 13-1
16-1 15-1

area

Fan
area

Front view Back view


14766

Breaker panel and power termination area


The breaker panel and power termination area contains connection points for
the power feeds and an antistatic wrist strap. It also contains the alarm display
LEDs and the alarm cutoff switch.

Circuit-card area
All cards are inserted into the card slots in the circuit-card area. The cards
connect to the midplane, which is positioned between the front and the back
cards. The midplane design separates the line card and I/O card functionality
to enhance redundancy and help the 7670 RSP achieve 99.999% availability.
The midplane also holds filler plates for slots that do not contain cards.

Table 30 in Appendix A lists the main components of the circuit-card area.

Figure 31 shows the circuit-card area of the 7670 RSP single shelf.

88
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Figure 31: Circuit-card area of the single-shelf system

Facilities
CIC card CIC

Critical Alarm
Major Alarm
Minor Alarm

2-2 1-2
4-2 3-2
6-2 5-2
Status Status Status Status 10-2 9-2
Status 12-2 11-2
Status Status 14-2 13-2
Status 16-2 15-2

I/O
1 2
I/O cards
cards
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

7-1 Switch X
8-1 Switch Y

Line
cards
Status
Active
I/O
Status
Active
I/O
Status
Active
I/O
Status
Active
I/O
Status
Active
I/O
Status
Active
Status
Active Status
Cable
management
I/O
Active Status
Status
Active Status
Active Status
I/O Active Status
I/O Active Status
I/O Active Status 1-1
I/O
I/O
Active
Active
Status
3-1 2-1
I/O
I/O
Active
5-1 4-1
I/O 6-1

brackets
Status
9-1
11-1 10-1 Status Active
12-1 Active
14-1 13-1
16-1 15-1

Line
cards
I/O
I/O cards
cards

Cable
management
brackets

Front view Back view Switch


Control cards
cards Fan unit
14768

Fan area
The 7670 RSP uses forced-air convection cooling through three independently
controlled fan units. Each fan unit has two fans. Built-in temperature sensors
monitor the exhausted air temperature of the system and adjust the fan speed
accordingly. The fan units are located at the front of the fan area, and an
exhaust vent is located at the back of the fan area.

Single-shelf system cards


The following system cards provide management and switching capability in a
single-shelf system:
• control card
• CIC
• Facilities card
• Switch card

See “Line cards and I/O cards” later in this chapter for information about
supported line cards and I/O cards in the single-shelf system.

89
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Control card
The 7670 RSP system supports two CC2G cards. The CC2G card is a control
card that contains high-speed processors, RAM, and flash memory, which
enable significant scaling of the IP feature set. Throughout this General
Information Book, the terms “control card” and “CC2G card” are used
interchangeably.

The 7670 RSP requires two control cards to be installed. One control card is
active and the other is the hot redundant backup.

The control cards provide local and remote control of the system. They control
all the cards in the system, maintain the configuration and connection database
for the node, and collect and report statistics.

Table 7 describes the functions that are performed by the control card.

Table 7: Control card functions

Function Description
Network management The control card provides an interface to a network
interface support management system through Ethernet connections on
the CICs or through ATM connections on I/O cards.
Alarm consolidation The control card consolidates node-wide alarms into
alarm queues. Alarms are indicated by LEDs on the
front and back of the breaker panel and power
termination area. The control card uses connections on
the Facilities card to receive alarms from, or send
alarms to, external equipment.
Data spooling The control card can use data spooling to provide
accounting information to external data collectors
through Ethernet connections on the CICs.
Node management support The control card provides statistics collection and
reporting, and maintenance and diagnostic support for
the node.
Routing and call processing The control card provides the IP and PNNI routing,
ATM and MPLS signaling, and general processing
functions for the system.

CIC
The CIC provides an Ethernet interface connection to the control card. The
7670 RSP uses two CICs, one for each control card. The CICs are installed in
dedicated slots on the back of the 7670 RSP.

Facilities card
The Facilities card provides an interface to the control card for node
management and external alarm connections. The 7670 RSP has one Facilities
card, which is accessed and used by the active control card. The Facilities card
is installed in a dedicated slot on the back of the 7670 RSP.

90
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

The Facilities card has two variants: International and North American.
The International variant has two BNC connectors for timing inputs of
2.048 MHz. The North American variant has two sets of three wire-wrap posts
for BITS timing inputs.

Switch card
The Switch card provides the core of the switching fabric used by the 7670 RSP
for routing and switching. The 7670 RSP uses two Switch cards for
redundancy; they are installed in dedicated slots in the back of the 7670 RSP.

Multishelf system overview


The 7670 RSP multishelf system extends the single-shelf system by moving the
fabric out to separate redundant Switching shelves and allowing multiple
Peripheral shelves to be attached to it. Instead of clustering multiple
single-shelf systems where each one behaves as an individual node, a
multishelf system combines multiple single-shelf systems into one node and
thus greatly reduces the number of nodes in the network as well as the
operating costs. In its most basic configuration, a multishelf system with only
one Peripheral shelf resembles a single-shelf system with the Switch cards
replaced by FICs connecting the Switching shelf, and two line card slots
occupied by ICON cards used for inter-shelf control communications.

The multishelf system supports the following shelves:


• Control shelf (also known as Peripheral shelf 1)
• Switching shelf
• Peripheral shelf

A multishelf configuration requires a minimum of:


• one Control shelf, which contains the control cards for the whole system; this
shelf is known as Peripheral shelf 1
• two Switching shelves, X and Y, which provide the required switching capacity
for the whole system

Figure 32 shows a basic multishelf configuration.

91
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Figure 32: 7670 RSP multishelf configuration

Control shelf Peripheral shelf

F F F F
I I I I
C C C C

Y X Y X
HISL cables

SACs SACs

Switching shelf Y Switching shelf X


16137

Control shelf (Peripheral shelf 1)


In a multishelf system, the Control shelf performs all of the control functions.
The Control shelf is differentiated from all other Peripheral shelves in that it
contains the control cards, CICs, and ICON cards. In addition, it supports line
cards in other available slots. See “Peripheral shelf” later in this chapter for
information about the functions of other Peripheral shelves used in a 7670 RSP
multishelf configuration.

Figure 33 shows the front and back layouts of the 7670 RSP Control shelf.

92
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Figure 33: Front and back layout of the 7670 RSP Control shelf

Facilities
CIC B card CIC A
ACO/LT Critical Alarm
Major Alarm
Minor Alarm
Control ACO/LT Critical Alarm
Major Alarm
Minor Alarm

Breaker Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status


card A Termination
panel A1 A2
A Power
A3 A4 B1 B2
A Power
B3 B4

area 16-2 15-2 14-2 13-2 12-2 11-2 10-2 9-2

CIC
Status
Active

Clock
Out
Facilities

Status

Clock
A In
CIC
8-2

Status
Active

Clock
Out
6-2 5-2 4-2 3-2 2-2 1-2

Clock

area
B In

Control
1 1

External Alarms
ICON I/O
2 2

3 3

4 4

card B

External Alarms
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

expansion
Control Card A Control Card A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
Control Control OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4
OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4

card
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Status
Active
Circuit-
ICON 1
I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Active
Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault I/O Fault

card
I/O Fault

Circuit- 16-2 15-2 14-2 13-2 12-2 11-2 10-2 9-2 6-2 5-2 4-2 3-2 2-2 1-2

card ICON 2 area


area ICON FICs
I/O card

Fan Unit 1 Fan Unit 2 Fan Unit 3

Status Status Status

Fan
area Exhaust
18067

Circuit-card area
All Control shelf cards are inserted into the card slots in the circuit-card area.
The cards connect to the midplane, which is positioned between the front and
the back cards. The midplane design separates the circuit cards and I/O cards
to enhance redundancy and help the 7670 RSP achieve 99.999% availability.

Table 31 in Appendix A lists the main components of the circuit-card area on


the Control shelf.

Fan area
The Control shelf uses forced-air convection cooling through three
independently controlled fan units. Each fan unit has two fans. Built-in
temperature sensors monitor the exhausted air temperature of the system and
adjust the fan speed accordingly. The fan units are located on the front of the
fan area, and an exhaust vent is located at the back of the fan area.

Control shelf cards


The following Control shelf system cards provide management and switching
capability:

• control card
The control card manages the other cards in the 7670 RSP system. The
7670 RSP multishelf system uses the same control card as the single-shelf
system. See “Single-shelf system cards” for more information about the control
card functions.
• CIC
The CIC provides a connection interface to the control card for Ethernet ports.
The 7670 RSP uses two CICs, one for each control card. The CICs are installed
in dedicated slots on the back of the Control shelf. The multishelf system uses
the same CICs as the single-shelf system.

93
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

• Facilities card
The Facilities card provides an interface to the control card for node
management and external alarm connections. The Facilities card is installed in
a dedicated slot on the back of the Control shelf.
The Facilities card has two variants: International and North American.
The International variant has two BNC connectors for timing inputs of
2.048 MHz. The North American variant has two sets of three wire-wrap posts
for BITS timing inputs.
• DFIC and QFIC
DFICs and QFICs provide the Control shelf and the other Peripheral shelves
with connectivity to the Switching shelves through HISL ports. HISL cables
allow traffic to flow between shelves. DFICs and QFICs also provide
connectivity to the switching fabric for all line cards in the Peripheral shelves.
DFICs and QFICs are installed in the fabric slots of the Control shelf and the
other Peripheral shelves.
The system can be configured to optimize the use of bandwidth according to
the configuration of each shelf. The DFIC has two HISL ports that provide up
to 28 Gb/s; the QFIC has four HISL ports that provide up to 56 Gb/s, doubling
the fabric capacity.
• ICON Management card
The ICON Management cards are installed in a multishelf system to connect
Peripheral shelves and Switching shelves to the Control shelf. The ICON
Management cards extend services from the control card to all elements in the
system. They communicate control information between the shelves and
ensure that system timing is consistent. An active control card must be present
and the system must be configured as a multishelf system in order for an ICON
Management card to perform its function. A multishelf system uses two ICON
Management cards for redundancy. To be fully functional, the ICON
infrastructure requires two ICON management cards and two ICON I/O cards
on the Control shelf.
• ICON I/O and ICON I/O Expansion cards
ICON I/O and ICON I/O Expansion cards provide interface connectivity for the
Control shelf. To access all of the shelves in the system, the ICON Management
card requires at least two ICON I/O cards. ICON I/O and ICON I/O Expansion
cards are located on the back of the shelf. The CSL ports associated with one
ICON Management card are distributed to both of the ICON I/O cards. ICON
I/O cards and ICON I/O Expansion cards are designated A and B; ICON A and
ICON B provide redundancy for each other.

See “Line cards and I/O cards” for information about supported line cards and
I/O cards in the multishelf system.

94
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Control plane
The control plane includes:
• node management, or methods to manage and monitor the node through CLI,
SNMP, or a network management system
• internal management, the mechanism by which the control card manages the
line cards and all other cards
• applications and protocols terminated by the 7670 RSP that affect the data
plane

Switching shelf
The Switching shelf directs traffic among the Peripheral shelves. A multishelf
system requires two Switching shelves.

Figure 34 shows the front and back views of the 7670 RSP Switching shelf.

Figure 34: Front and back layout of the 7670 RSP Switching shelf

ACO/LT ACO/LT
switch Switch
Alarm Power Alarm
display termination display
ACO/LT Critical Alarm
Major Alarm
Minor Alarm
area ACO/LT Critical Alarm
Major Alarm
Minor Alarm

Wrist-strap Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status


Breaker
connection A1 A2
A Power
A3 A4 B1 B2
B Power
B3 B4

panel Wrist-strap
point connection
Air
32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

point
PowerZone 1

1 Schuduler
PowerZone 1

2 Matrix
PowerZone 1

3 Matrix
PowerZone 2

4 Matrix
PowerZone 2

5 Matrix
PowerZone 2

6 Matrix
PowerZone 3

7 Matrix
PowerZone 3

8 Controller intake Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active

Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx

CSLs
OC192 OC192 OC192 OC192 OC192 OC192 OC192 OC192

Circuit-card
CLS A

CLS B Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx

area Status

Active
Status

Active
Status

Active
Status

Active
Status

Active
Status

Active
Status

Active
Status

Active

SMX Cable Circuit-


cards management 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
card
brackets area
SCH SSC Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active
Status

Active
Active

card card
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
Tx

Rx
SACs

Fan Unit 1 PowerZone 4 Fan Unit 2 PowerZone 4 Fan Unit 3 PowerZone 4

Status Status Status

Fan
units Back exhaust
18069

Circuit-card area
All switching cards are inserted into the card slots in the circuit-card area. The
cards connect to the midplane, which is positioned between the front and the
back cards. The midplane design separates the switching circuit cards and
SACs to enhance redundancy and help the 7670 RSP achieve 99.999%
availability.

Table 32 in Appendix A lists the main components of the circuit-card area on


the Switching shelf.

95
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

Fan area
The Switching shelf uses forced-air convection cooling through three
independently controlled fan units. Each fan unit has two fans. Built-in
temperature sensors monitor the exhausted air temperature of the system and
adjust the fan speed accordingly. The fan units are located on the front of the
fan area, and an exhaust vent is located at the back of the fan area.

An optional exhaust deflector tray mounts below the Switching shelf and
directs the hot air exhaust from the fan units at the front of the shelf out the
back of the shelf.

Switching shelf cards


The following switching cards provide the Switching shelf with switching
capability:

• SSC card
The SSC card monitors all shelf functions and components, and maintains
communications with the Control shelf using the two redundant CSL
connectors on the back of the shelf. The SSC card controls and monitors the
SCH card, SMX card, and SACs, as well as the display panels, fan trays, and
power modules on the Switching shelf. The SSC card synchronizes the timing
for all devices on the Switching shelf.
• SCH and SMX cards
The SCH card and SMX cards work together to create the switching core. The
switching core checks ingress traffic and directs it to the appropriate egress
port. The six SMX cards create the switching fabric. The SCH card analyzes
and prioritizes the incoming cells crossing the fabric by communicating with
the SACs.
• SAC
The SAC provides the Control shelf and the Peripheral shelves with access to
the switching core. The SAC communicates with the FIC to avoid congestion
in the switching core.
The SAC is the connection point for the HISL cables that come from the FICs
installed in the Peripheral shelves. Each SAC has one HISL port with an Rx and
a Tx SMC connector pair. Two HISL cables make the ingress and egress
data-path connections. When both HISL cables are connected, the SAC
synchronizes with the FIC.
Up to 32 SACs can be installed in the back slots of a Switching shelf. The SAC
installed in the first slot is reserved to transmit resource connection
information to and from the Control shelf.

Peripheral shelf
In addition to the Control shelf, up to 14 Peripheral shelves equipped with line
cards can be added to the multishelf system for a total of 15 Peripheral shelves.
This enables service providers to increase their switching capacity up to
450 Gb/s. The basic functions and layout of the Peripheral shelf are similar to

96
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

those of the single-shelf system, except that the Peripheral shelf has no control
function. See “Single-shelf system overview” earlier in this chapter for more
information.

Figure 35 shows the front and back views of the 7670 RSP Peripheral shelf.

Figure 35: Front and back layout of the 7670 RSP Peripheral shelf

Facilities
CIC B card CIC A
ACO/LT Critical Alarm
Major Alarm
Minor Alarm
PSC A ACO/LT Critical Alarm
Major Alarm
Minor Alarm

Status Status Status Status Status Status Status Status


card 16-2 15-2 14-2 13-2 12-2 11-2 10-2 9-2 8-2 6-2 5-2 4-2 3-2 2-2 1-2

A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 Facilities CIC
A Power A Power
Status Status Status
Active Active

Clock Clock Clock


Out A In Out
CIC

Clock
B In

PSC B
1 1

External Alarms
2 2

3 3

4 4

card

External Alarms
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Control Card A Control Card A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c Control Control OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c OC3c-OC12c
STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4 STM1-STM4

Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
Status
I/O Active
Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Status
Active
I/O Fault
Circuit-
card
I/O Fault

Circuit- 16-2 15-2 14-2 13-2 12-2 11-2 10-2 9-2 6-2 5-2 4-2 3-2 2-2 1-2

card area
area FICs

Fan Unit 1 Fan Unit 2 Fan Unit 3

Status Status Status

18068

Circuit-card area
The Peripheral shelf cards are inserted into the card slots in the circuit-card
area. The cards connect to the midplane, which is positioned between the front
and the back cards. The midplane design separates the circuit cards and I/O
cards to enhance redundancy and help the 7670 RSP achieve 99.999%
availability.

Table 33 in Appendix A lists the main components of the circuit-card area on


Peripheral shelves 2 to 15.

Fan area
The Peripheral shelf uses forced-air convection cooling through three
independently controlled fan units. Each fan unit has two fans. Built-in
temperature sensors monitor the exhausted air temperature of the system and
adjust the fan speed accordingly. The fan units are located at the front of the
fan area, and an exhaust vent is located at the back of the fan area.

An optional exhaust deflector tray mounts under a Peripheral shelf and directs
the hot air exhaust from the fan units at the front of the shelf out the back of
the shelf.

Peripheral shelf cards


The following Peripheral shelf cards provide system management and
switching capability:

• PSC card

97
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

The PSC card controls and monitors the Peripheral shelf and all of its
components, including the PICs, Facilities cards, DFICs, QFICS, and line
cards. It also monitors the display panels, fan trays, and power modules. Two
PSC cards are installed on the front of the shelf to maintain communication
with the Control shelf through a PIC installed on the back of the shelf.
Two PSC cards and two PICs provide shelf controller redundancy. The PIC
provides I/O connectivity on the back of the Peripheral shelf for the PSC card.
Only one PSC/PIC pair is active at a time. The two PSC cards communicate
with each other over the shelf midplane to determine which pair has fewer
demerits. The pair with fewer demerits becomes the active pair.
• PIC
The 7670 RSP uses two PICs in each Peripheral shelf. The PIC is connected to
the Control shelf using a CSL. The CSL port on the PIC connects Peripheral
shelves 2 to 15 to the Control shelf. The PIC also provides direct external
Ethernet access to the PSC card. The PICs are installed at the back of the
Peripheral shelf.
• DFICs and QFICs
The DFICs and QFICs used in a Peripheral shelf are the same as the DFICs and
QFICs used on the Control shelf. DFICs and QFICs provide the Peripheral
shelves and the Control shelf with connectivity to the Switching shelves
through HISL ports. HISL cables enable traffic to flow between shelves. DFICs
and QFICs also provide connectivity to the switching fabric for all line cards in
the Peripheral shelves. DFICs and QFICs are installed in the fabric slots of the
Control shelf and the other Peripheral shelves.
The system can be configured to optimize the use of bandwidth according to
the configuration of each shelf. The DFIC has two HISL ports that provide up
to 28 Gb/s; the QFIC has four HISL ports that provide up to 56 Gb/s, doubling
the fabric capacity.
• Facilities card
The Facilities card used in each Peripheral shelf is the same as the Facilities
card used on the Control shelf. The Facilities card provides an interface to the
control card for node management and external alarm connections. The
Facilities card is installed in a dedicated slot on the back of the shelf.
The Facilities card has two variants: International and North American.
The International variant has two BNC connectors for timing inputs of
2.048 MHz. The North American variant has two sets of three wire-wrap posts
for BITS timing inputs.

See “Line cards and I/O cards” for information about supported line cards and
I/O cards in the multishelf system.

In-service single-shelf to multishelf upgrade


The 7670 RSP supports the upgrade from a single-shelf configuration to a
multishelf configuration while the node is in service. This upgrade relies on
fabric redundancy to switch the 50 Gb/s fabric for a 450 Gb/s fabric. The
single-shelf to multishelf configuration upgrade also involves installation of the
multishelf control infrastructure.

98
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

The upgrade starts with two 50 Gb/s fabrics, X and Y. The X fabric is made
active while the Y fabric is removed and a 450 Gb/s fabric on the Switching shelf
is installed in its place. Then, a fabric switch is performed to make the 450 Gb/s
Y fabric active. The 50 Gb/s X fabric is then removed and replaced with a
second 450 Gb/s fabric, which completes the upgrade.

Line cards and I/O cards


This section briefly describes the line cards used with the 7670 RSP.

Line cards
Line cards terminate Layer 2 and Layer 3 connected interfaces. The physical
layer is terminated by an associated I/O card. Line cards terminate a variety of
traffic types, including ATM, Ethernet, IP, IP over ATM, MPLS, and
pseudowires. Traffic can be transported over Gigabit Ethernet, DS3, and
SONET/SDH at OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4, and OC48/STM16 speeds.

Both the single-shelf and multishelf configurations of the 7670 RSP use the
same line cards to provide the interface between the switching fabric and the
I/O cards. Each line card supports one or two I/O cards. At the ingress of the
switching fabric, the line cards direct traffic to the switch cards. At the egress
of the switching fabric, the line cards select traffic intended for them and send
it to the I/O cards.

The 7670 RSP supports the following line cards:


• Edge Services Card (ESC)
• Multi-Rate 48 Channelized Multi-Protocol card (MR48)
• Multi-Rate 16 ATM
• Gigabit Ethernet
• Multi-Rate 16 POS
• Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP
• OC48c/STM16 ATM

Edge Services Card (ESC)


The ESC provides cell relay service over channelized OC3 or STM1 interfaces
and OC12 or STM4 interfaces. Channelization is supported down to the T1
(DS1) or E1 level. In addition, the ESC supports inverse multiplexing over
ATM (IMA) groups. Up to eight DS1/E1 circuits can be aggregated in an IMA
group to provide scalable bandwidth. For more information on IMA groups, see
“IMA” in Chapter 4.

The ESC also provides support for circuit-switched traffic through


unstructured DS1 circuit emulation. This feature allows the ESC to adapt
circuit-switched traffic to and from cell relay traffic at the AAL-1 layer.

The 4-port OC12/STM4 channelized I/O card uses two available ports to enable
a direct connection between an ESC and a DCS. This direct connection
eliminates the intermediate DCS, which allows the configuration of a simpler

99
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

network. The use of the OC12/STM4 channelized card allows operators to


better manage 3G traffic volume, provides greater bandwidth between the
RBOC PoP and the MTSO, and creates a more cost-effective system.

See Table 39 in Appendix B for details on the ESC line card features.

Multi-Rate 48 Channelized Multi-Protocol card


The MR48 line card provides ATM, IP, and MPLS services over ATM and POS
channelized and unchannelized interfaces.

The MR48 line card can support up to 45 Mb/s on one physical port. The MR48
line card is versatile and can be configured to support a number of different
I/Os and interface speeds. It also supports ATM (cell relay) and IP/POS (PPP)
protocols.

The MR48 line card supports two interface modes: scaled and standard.
Table 8 describes the features available for each of the interface modes.

Table 8: Comparison of standard and scaled interface modes

Standard mode Scaled mode


Default mode of operation Manually configured or supported
through an in-service upgrade
Supports 2000 Layer 3 interfaces of Supports up to16 000 Layer 3
any type interfaces
• supports up to 16 000 scheduled
interfaces (8-CoS-per-CoS RBE)
• supports up to 1000 aggregate
or hierarchical interfaces
(non-8-CoS-per-CoS RBE)
Supports LSPs Does not support LSPs
Supports a full range of IP statistics for Supports only unicast and multicast IP
all Layer 3 interfaces statistics on ingress and egress, for all
Layer 3 interfaces
Supports IPv4 and IPv6 card modes Supports only IPv4 card mode

See Table 40 in Appendix B for details on the MR48 line card features.

Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card


The Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card provides cell relay services at the UNI and
NNI.

See Table 41 in Appendix B for details on the Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card
features.

Gigabit Ethernet line card


The Gigabit Ethernet line card provides a high-speed, packet-based interface
that processes Ethernet packets.

100
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

The Gigabit Ethernet line card supports Ethernet link aggregation as defined
in IEEE 802.3ad. Link aggregation enables the aggregation of two Ethernet
ports to form a LAG that is treated as a single logical Ethernet port. The
7670 RSP supports up to 64 LAGs per system. See “LAG with LACP” in
Chapter 7.

See Table 42 in Appendix B for details on the Gigabit Ethernet line card
features.

Multi-Rate 16 POS line card


The Multi-Rate16 POS line card provides IP and MPLS functionality over a
packet and SONET physical port.

See Table 43 in Appendix B for details on the Multi-Rate 16 POS line card
features.

Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card


The Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card provides cell relay service at the UNI and
NNI on OC3c/STM1 and OC12c/STM4 I/O card interfaces.

This card also provides IP forwarding. High-performance, wire-speed IP packet


classification and forwarding capabilities are available for IP and MPLS
functionality.

See Table 44 in Appendix B for details on the Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card
features.

OC48c/STM16 SONET/SDH ATM line card


The OC48c/STM16 SONET/SDH ATM line card provides cell relay services at
the NNI. It terminates one 1-port OC48c/STM16 ATM I/O card.

See Table 45 in Appendix B for details on the OC48c/STM16 ATM line card
features.

I/O cards
The I/O cards provide an interface to the line cards. The 7670 RSP uses I/O
cards for connecting to SONET-based and SDH-based network equipment.
Depending on the card type, one, two, four, or eight optical or electrical ports
are provided on each card. The external connector for the electrical I/O cards
is an SMZ connector.

See Tables 46 and 47 in Appendix B for details on I/O and line card
compatibility.

8-port DS3 I/O card


The 8-port DS3 I/O card has eight electrical interfaces. Up to two DS3 I/O cards
can be associated with a Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card.

101
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

4-port OC3c/STM1 I/O card


The 4-port OC3c/STM1 I/O card terminates four physical OC3/STM1
interfaces. Up to two 4-port OC3c/STM1 I/O cards can be associated with one
Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card.

4-port STM1 Electrical I/O card


The 4-port STM1 Electrical I/O card has four electrical interfaces. Each
interface has two coaxial cables: one for transmitting signals and one for
receiving signals. This card can only be used with the Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line
card.

8-port OC3c/STM1 I/O card


The 8-port OC3c/STM1 I/O card terminates eight physical OC3/STM1
interfaces. Up to two 8-port OC3c/STM1 I/O cards can be associated with one
Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card.

8-port OC3/STM1 I/O card


For use with the MR48 line card or with the ESC, the 8-port OC3/STM1 I/O card
terminates eight physical OC3/STM1 optical interfaces. The I/O card
terminates both ATM and IP/POS (PPP) protocol channels. Up to two I/O cards
can be provisioned with an MR48 line card; one I/O card can be provisioned
with an ESC.

8-port STM1 Electrical I/O card


The 8-port STM1 Electrical I/O card has eight electrical interfaces. Each
interface has two coaxial cables: one for transmitting signals and one for
receiving signals. This card can only be used with the Multi-Rate 16 ATM line
card.

8-port STM1 Electrical MR48 I/O card


The 8-port STM1 Electrical MR48 I/O card terminates eight physical STM1
electrical interfaces. This card can only be used with the MR48 and ESC line
cards. One MR48 line card supports two 8-port STM1 Electrical MR48 I/O
cards. One ESC line card supports one 8-port STM1 Electrical MR48 I/O card.

1-port OC12c/STM4 I/O card


The 1-port OC12c/STM4 I/O card terminates one physical OC12c/STM4
interface. Up to two OC12c/STM4 I/O cards can be associated with one
Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card.

2-port OC12c/STM4 I/O card


The 2-port OC12c/STM4 I/O card terminates two physical OC12c/STM4
interfaces. Up to two OC12c/STM4 I/O cards can be associated with one
Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card.

102
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

4-port OC12/STM4 Channelized I/O card


For use with the Channelized MR48 and ESC line cards, the 4-port OC12/STM4
Channelized I/O card terminates four physical OC12/STM4 interfaces. The
4-port OC12/STM4 Channelized I/O card supports ATM and IP/POS (PPP)
protocol channels across 4 ports when used with the MR48 card, and supports
ATM and UDT protocol channels across 2 ports when used with the ESC line
card.

1-port OC48c/STM16 I/O card


One OC48c/STM16 I/O card connects to one OC48/STM16 SONET/SDH ATM
line card or one Multi-Rate 16 POS line card.

1-port OC48/STM16 Channelized I/O card


For use with the Channelized MR48 line card, the 1-port OC48/STM16
Channelized I/O card terminates one physical OC48/STM16 interface.

2-port Gigabit Ethernet I/O card


The 2-port Gigabit Ethernet I/O card provides two fiber-optic connections for
connection to a Gigabit Ethernet line card. Up to two 2-port I/O cards can be
associated with one Gigabit Ethernet line card.

103
6. 7670 RSP system architecture

104
7670 RSP system reliability and
redundancy
This chapter provides an overview of the 7670 RSP reliability and redundancy
features, including:
• “Infrastructure”
• “Switching fabric redundancy”
• “Control card redundancy”
• “Power redundancy”
• “Cooling redundancy”
• “System timing redundancy”
• “Control plane redundancy”
• “Non-stop PNNI”
• “Data plane redundancy”
• “APS/LCR redundancy”
• “LAG with LACP”
• “Management interface redundancy”

105
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

Introduction
The 7670 RSP single-shelf and multishelf systems are fully redundant,
achieving 99.999% platform availability and fulfilling SLAs with true
carrier-grade reliability.

Each redundant component can be hot swapped without any impact on


service. Mission-critical processes such as PNNI routing, IP routing, MPLS
signaling, and ATM call processing are also 1+1 hot redundant.

Maintaining a separate control and data plane further enhances the


redundancy of the 7670 RSP by ensuring full line-rate performance across all
interfaces, while maintaining robustness of the control plane.

Infrastructure
Infrastructure redundancy is ensured by implementing full hot redundancy for
all 7670 RSP components: shelves, control cards, power and cooling system,
and system timing. A more detailed description of the 7670 RSP components
is provided in Chapter 6.

Switching fabric redundancy


The 7670 RSP uses two switching fabrics (X and Y) for switching fabric
redundancy to ensure that traffic between line cards is not interrupted if a
fabric failure occurs. Unlike some N:1 protection schemes that effectively
result in a decrease of the system’s capacity, this feature enhances the
reliability, availability, and serviceability of the platform and maintains 100%
capacity at all times.

In the single-shelf and multishelf systems, the line card transmits incoming
data to both switching fabric X and switching fabric Y. The line card accepts
only outgoing traffic from the active switching fabric. The same error checks,
diagnostics, monitoring, and statistics are performed on both the active and
inactive fabrics.

If a fault occurs on the active fabric, activity automatically switches to the other
fabric.

When both switching fabrics are functional, a forced activity switch may be
required if the active fabric is in need of maintenance. A network or node
management system can be used to force activity to the other fabric, even if it
has faults. The fabric that has been forced to be active will remain active, even
if it accumulates more demerits than the inactive fabric.

Switching fabric redundancy in a single-shelf system


In a single-shelf system, each Switch card supplies its own switching fabric.
One Switch card is the active card, and the other is the inactive card. Both
Switch cards receive incoming traffic, but the line cards accept outgoing traffic
only from the active Switch card. This provides hot redundancy if the active
Switch card fails.

106
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

The following events cause the 7670 RSP to switch to the inactive Switch card.
• The active Switch card is removed.
• The active Switch card is reset through a node management or CLI session.
• The active Switch card has more demerits than the inactive Switch card.
• Activity is released through a node management or CLI session.
• A failure occurs on the active Switch card.

Switching fabric redundancy in a multishelf system


A multishelf system requires two switching shelves, one for switching fabric X
and one for switching fabric Y. Each fabric requires the following components:
• FIC
• HISL
• SAC
• SSC card
• SMX cards
• SCH card

In a multishelf system, fabric redundancy ensures monitoring of all of the


components on both the active and inactive switching fabrics. If the system
detects a fault, it uses either the FAST or demerit method to select the active
fabric. All fabric activity switches raise a diagnostic alarm.

Before evaluating switching fabric X and switching fabric Y for a potential


activity switch, the redundancy subsystem checks for a fabric selection grace
period. During system startup and commissioning, fabric redundancy allows a
period of time in which demerits are counted but no fabric activity switch
occurs. Table 9 describes the startup activities and the fabric selection grace
period for each activity.

Table 9: Startup activities

Activity Grace period


System startup 5 min
Addition of a Peripheral shelf or Switching 1 min
shelf
CSL establishment or re-establishment 1 min
CC2G card or PSC card switchover 15 s
Fabric switchover 30 s

Single, severe faults trigger a FAST fabric activity switch. The system can
perform a FAST fabric activity switch only if it detects a single fault and both
fabrics are fault-free. To minimize cell loss, a FAST fabric activity switch
occurs in 60 ms or less. After a FAST fabric activity switch, the system uses
demerits for any further fabric activity switches. The FAST fabric activity
switch is re-enabled only after all fabric faults are cleared.

107
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

When the system detects faults on both fabrics, it uses demerits to select the
active fabric. The system assigns demerit points to faults depending on their
severity: the more severe the fault, the higher the number of demerits. The
system selects the fabric with the least number of demerits as the active fabric.
If both fabrics have the same number of demerit points assigned, then no fabric
activity switch occurs.

Control card redundancy


The 7670 RSP uses two control cards for redundancy: one card is the active
card, and the other is the inactive card. The 7670 RSP maintains the same
control information on both cards, which provides hot redundancy if the active
card fails. Control card redundancy includes 1+1 redundant call processing,
billing, routing, network data collection, and node control.

The following events cause the 7670 RSP to switch to the inactive control card.
• The active control card is removed.
• The CIC associated with the active control card is removed, and the other CIC
has fewer demerits.
• The ICON card associated with the active control card is removed, and the
other ICON card has fewer demerits.
• The active control card is reset through a node management session.
• Activity is released through a node management session.
• A failure occurs on the active control card.
• The active control card has more demerits than the inactive card.

Some control card functions have hot redundancy or warm redundancy. Hot
redundancy occurs when the system maintains information on the active and
inactive control cards so that an activity switch has no impact on these service
functions. During normal operation, the active control card sends the
information to the inactive control card in real time to maintain hot
redundancy. Warm redundancy occurs when the system maintains information
only on the active control card, with inactive processors in hot standby. When
an activity switch occurs, the newly active control card either retrieves the
required information from the recently inactivated control card or recomputes
the required information.

Table 10 describes the redundancy for the different control card functions.

Table 10: Control card function redundancies

Function Redundancy
Control Hot
Call processing Hot
PNNI routing Warm
ATM signaling (UNI 3.1, UNI 4.0, PNNI, Hot
IISP, AINI)

(1 of 2)

108
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

Function Redundancy
MPLS signaling RSVP-TE Warm
MPLS signaling LDP Warm
IP routing Hot
ILMI Warm

(2 of 2)

The active control card uses a demerit point system to monitor its own health
and to compare its health to that of the inactive control card. If a fault occurs,
the system assigns demerit points to the active card and, if the inactive card is
healthier, may switch to the inactive card.

A node management session can be used to determine which control card is


active and which is inactive. The status of the communication link between the
active and inactive cards and the status of the node database can also be
viewed using the CLI. As well, the active LEDs on the control card faceplates
indicate status: green on the active control card and unlit on the inactive
control card.

Control card redundancy is available only after the reset of the inactive control
card is complete. After a control activity switch or reset of the active control
card, the newly inactive control card automatically resets and reconciles its
database with the active card.

PSC card redundancy


The PSC card controls and monitors the Peripheral shelf and all of its
components, including the PICs, Facilities cards, FICs, and line cards. It also
monitors the display panels, fan trays, and power modules.

The Peripheral shelf contains two PSC cards and two PICs to provide shelf
controller redundancy. Only one PSC/PIC pair is active at a time. The two PSC
cards communicate with each other over the shelf midplane to determine
which pair has fewer demerits. The pair with fewer demerits becomes the
active pair.

The following events cause the active PSC/PIC pair to switch to the inactive
PSC/PIC pair:
• removal of the active PSC card or PIC card from the Peripheral shelf
• a card reset of the active PSC card or PIC card due to card failure or power loss
or due to a hard reset

SSC card redundancy


The SSC card controls and monitors the Switching shelf and all of its
components, including the SACs, SCH card, and SMX cards. It also monitors
the display panels, fan trays, and power modules. The SSC card synchronizes
timing to all of the devices on the Switching shelf.

109
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

The SSC card has two redundant CSLs to the control complex. The SSC
ensures that the healthiest CSL is the active CSL. All control traffic between
the control complex and the SSC card crosses the active CSL. The inactive CSL
passes test traffic to validate the quality of the link.

Power redundancy
Each 7670 RSP shelf provides power redundancy by using two separately
filtered power feeds (A and B), each with its own independent power source.
Each shelf has discrete power zones, with each zone supplied by both feeds.
Circuit breakers allow power from feeds A and B to be switched on or off for
each of the four zones. A power zone does not need to be powered up if it is
not in use.

Cooling redundancy
In a single-shelf system, the 7670 RSP uses six fan units for cooling
redundancy; in a multishelf system, each 7670 RSP shelf uses three fan units
for cooling redundancy. During normal conditions, the fans run at reduced
speed. If a fan failure occurs or if the air temperature increases significantly,
the operational fans speed up. Each fan unit is hot-swappable and can be
replaced while the shelf remains in service.

System timing redundancy


The 7670 RSP can be configured to use up to four sources for its system timing.
A timing source can be derived from a line rate of the interface or it can be
provided externally, via timing inputs located on the Facilities card — two
external inputs for BITS source (DS1) or 2.048 MHz clock signal (ITU-T
G.703).

The 7670 RSP can be configured to use an automated revertive or a


non-revertive mode of switching between programmed sources of system
timing. If none of the configured timing values are present or valid, the
7670 RSP enters the holdover mode of operation using the last known timing
information. If no timing information is available, the 7670 RSP enters a
free-run mode of operation. The performance in free-run/holdover mode
conforms to Stratum 3 level, as described in Telcordia (formerly Bellcore)
GR-1244-CORE.

The 7670 RSP provides two timing outputs (8KHz, 2.048 MHz), which can be
used to provide timing reference to collocated equipment.

110
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

Control plane redundancy


The 7670 RSP supports unsurpassed control plane redundancy for both
IP/MPLS and ATM. Mechanisms supported include:
• non-stop routing
• non-stop MPLS
• graceful restart helper for BGP and OSPF to facilitate interoperability with
third-party vendors
• non-stop PNNI
• hitless addition and deletion of IMA links to and from an IMA group

See Chapter 5 for descriptions of non-stop routing, non-stop MPLS, and


graceful restart helper functions. See Chapter 4 for information on IMA.

Non-stop PNNI
PNNI activity switches occur when a system performs a control activity switch.

The PNNI application uses 1+1 warm redundancy. Warm redundancy indicates
that PNNI routing on the redundant control card must rediscover the links to
neighbor nodes and rebuild its link state database on startup.

Existing SVC calls and SPVCs are not affected by a control card activity switch.
During an activity switch, new SVCs in the process of being established are
routed by the existing PNNI routing tables that were downloaded to the control
cards before the activity switch occurred. After an activity switch, the PNNI
application suppresses changes to the call processing routing tables on the
control cards until a sufficient view of the network has been achieved, or until
a threshold time limit has passed. The routing table suppression is performed
to cause the least disruption to the existing routing tables on the control cards.
The routing table values that the newly active control card calculates may be
identical to those of the previously active card.

Data plane redundancy


Data plane redundancy is ensured by the implementation of line card
redundancy, APS (port) redundancy, and link aggregation management with
LACP.

APS/LCR redundancy
The 7670 RSP supports APS (port) redundancy through port protection
groups. A port protection group consists of a pair of corresponding ports on
two I/O cards. One port is configured and operates as the working port; the
other port is the protection port. The traffic flowing through the working port
is switched to flow through the protection port when required.

The 7670 RSP also supports line card redundancy (LCR) by deploying two line
cards of the same type in adjacent slots. One line card is configured and
operates as the working card; the other card is the protection card. The traffic

111
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

flowing through the working card is switched to flow through the protection
card when required. Line card redundancy is also known as equipment
protection switching (EPS).

The 7670 RSP also supports 1+1 protection with G.841 Annex B port
redundancy. G.841Annex B provides a 1+1 bidirectional protection protocol
that is optimized for a network using 1+1 bidirectional switching. The Annex B
protocol is specified in ITU-T G.841 and configurable for both SONET and SDH
networks.

With APS and LCR, Layer 2 and Layer 3 services are protected without an
impact on the control plane or on the data plane.

LAG with LACP


Link aggregation or trunking is a method of combining physical network links
into a single logical link for increased bandwidth. Two Gigabit Ethernet ports
are combined in order to increase the bandwidth capability or to create
resilient and redundant links.

In order to interoperate with different protection schemes, LAGs on the


7670 RSP can operate in either load-sharing mode or active/standby mode.

LAGs are fully control-redundant. Because any LAG configuration is


immediately propagated to the inactive control card, LAGs operating with or
without LACP are unaffected by a control card activity switch.

LACP provides a convenient way to manage and detect link aggregation


capabilities between partner systems and to detect a link failure. Link
information is exchanged between local and remote nodes in order to reach
agreement on the identity of the LAG.

The LACP mode (active or passive) and LACP timeout can be configured on
the 7670 RSP against each LAG on a local node. To detect link failures, at least
one LAG must be configured with LACP in active mode. If a port is removed
from a LAG that is configured in active mode at either end of the link, the
partner system detects a periodic transmission failure and the link goes down.
If the configured LACP mode on a LAG is changed while the link status is up
and in service, there is no traffic interruption.

The LACP timeout is configured as either short or long. The timeout value is
used to determine the rate at which the local system must transmit and receive
periodic LACP messages before a link is declared down. By default, a LAG on
the 7670 RSP is configured for short timeouts so that link failures can be
detected quickly. The configured timeout value can be changed without any
traffic interruption.

Management interface redundancy


The 7670 RSP provides redundancy for management connections made over
Ethernet, ATM, and serial interfaces.

112
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

Node and network management connections over Ethernet interfaces use the
CIC to connect to the 7670 RSP single shelf or to the control shelf in a
multishelf system. Two CICs, each with its own Ethernet connection, provide
Ethernet interface redundancy.

Network management connections over ATM use I/O card ports and line cards
to connect to the 7670 RSP. Line card and port redundancy provide ATM
interface redundancy.

Node management connections over serial interfaces use a serial port on the
control card or Facilities card. Each control card has a serial port to provide
serial interface redundancy.

Soft restart on software upgrades


In systems that use line card redundancy, service providers can upgrade
software on any line card without disrupting service to their customers. In
systems that use non-redundant line cards, the software is designed in a
modular fashion to enable soft-reset functionality.

113
7. 7670 RSP system reliability and redundancy

114
7670 RSP security features
This chapter provides an overview of the 7670 RSP security features,
including:
• “Platform security”
• “Hardened real-time operating system”
• “Multiprocessor availability”
• “Separate routing and signaling plane”
• “DoS resiliency”
• “Non-stop services”
• “Resource utilization metering”
• “Data plane security”
• “Access lists for traffic filtering or rate limiting on TCP flags”
• “Routing plane security”
• “Resistance to denial of service attacks”
• “Network control plane”
• “IP routing and signaling security”
• “MD5 authentication between routing peers”
• “Per-IP-flow rate limiting and IP CoS differentiation based on multifield
classification”

115
8. 7670 RSP security features

• “Management plane security”


• “Improved user login authentication and support for RADIUS”
• “Secure protocols for node management”
• “CLI security through SSH”
• “File transfer security using SFTP”
• “Node management security through SNMP v3”
• “Encrypted configuration databases”
• “Cryptographic algorithms”
• “Secured local storage of passwords”
• “Event logging”
• “Combatting security threats”

Introduction
Service providers require secure networks and information systems that are
able to resist, at a given level of confidence, accidental events or malicious
actions that compromise the availability, authenticity, and confidentiality of
stored or transmitted data, and the related services offered or accessible
through their networks.

Security is fundamental to the design of the 7670 RSP. The platform embeds
appropriate security technologies at every level: platform level, data plane,
routing plane, and management plane.

Platform security
The 7670 RSP is a platform designed to provide high-availability, reliable, and
secure carrier-grade services with guaranteed data integrity. The security
features detailed below have been integrated into the 7670 RSP platform to
ensure secure data transmission and resiliency to malicious attacks.

Hardened real-time operating system


A hardened real-time OS must have a pre-emptible kernel, low interrupt
response latency, and rigorous determinism and be able to prioritize tasks
unerringly. It should provide true real-time, built-in, high-availability features
as well as advanced support for distributed systems, and make the most
efficient use of system resources and CPU capacity.

Multitasking as a general characteristic of a real-time OS is enabled on the


7670 RSP. The ability to run different tasks simultaneously, such as FIB
calculation, processing of routing protocols, or log collection, is provided on
the platform. Scalability and timely response are guaranteed with the
platform’s task-dedicated multiple CPUs. The 7670 RSP real-time OS
coordinates the tasks and aggregates the output, as well as prioritizes certain
tasks over others as required.

116
8. 7670 RSP security features

Multiprocessor availability
Multiple processors isolate an attack impact and improve denial of service
(DoS) survivability. For example, an attack on the management processes
does not affect the routing process.

Separate routing and signaling plane


The 7670 RSP offers excellent throughput performance because it separates
routing and system functions from the cell and packet forwarding functions.
The forwarding functions are distributed on each line card, enabling
wire-speed IP forwarding performance on each interface.

DoS resiliency
Reverse path filtering (RPF) is a security feature that can be used as part of a
network strategy to protect against various attacks such as DoS and DDoS. As
many host and router attacks rely on a spoofed or false IP source address, RPF
can be used at the edge of a network to help prevent these spoofed addresses.

RPF operates in the data path by examining the IP source address of each
packet. A lookup is performed in the FIB using the IP source address. If the
lookup is not successful, the packet fails the RPF check and is not forwarded
into the network. The packet is simply counted and then discarded.

Non-stop services
The non-stop services features of the 7670 RSP improve the reliability of IP
services. Non-stop services are divided into two categories:
• non-stop routing services: static routing, RIP, OSPF, BGP, static multicast
routing, PIM-SM, PIM-SSM, and IS-IS
• non-stop signaling services

With the introduction of the non-stop services features—a combination of


hardware and software that is the foundation for delivering reliable carrier
grade IP solutions—service providers can improve the quality of IP services by
eliminating network disruptions caused by software upgrades. Non-stop
services on the 7670 RSP have been independently tested and validated by
BTexact Technologies.

Resource utilization metering


The resource utilization meter feature provides statistical metrics for the CPU
and memory resources on any of the following cards in the 7670 RSP system:
• line cards
• control cards
• PSC cards
• ICON cards
• SSC cards

117
8. 7670 RSP security features

This feature enables the detection of unusual resource consumption that can
indicate a card problem.

CPUs are used to run user tasks and operating system tasks and to handle
interrupts. Statistics are kept on the CPU usage of each processor, including
processors on cards that are in protection status.

Statistics for each processor are recorded and stored in real time. The statistics
are recorded in 10-second intervals and are reported for the last complete
10-second interval, 1-minute interval, and 5-minute interval.

Data plane security


The security of traffic routed through the 7670 RSP is ensured by the
application of authorization through access lists and multi-level administration
access. Access lists are a powerful method of filtering traffic or blocking traffic
access to some resources. On the 7670 RSP, IP routing and signaling security
is ensured through access lists for traffic filtering and rate limiting on TCP
flags.

Access lists for traffic filtering or rate limiting on TCP flags


For security purposes, access lists can be configured on the 7670 RSP in the
following ways:
• access lists for traffic filtering
Access lists based on source/destination address or port, protocol, and TCP
flags, can be deployed to block the access of designated traffic to some specific
resources on the network or to allow some traffic to access particular
resources while blocking all the rest.
• access lists for rate limiting
Access lists can be used for IP traffic rate limiting. IP traffic that matches an
access list can be limited to a specified rate. The rate limiting of IP traffic
ensures that traffic destined for a particular resource, or traffic coming from a
particular resource, or traffic of a particular kind (for example, ICMP traffic) is
limited with an upper value for priority purposes.

Access list statistics


When logging is enabled, the number of times an access rule is matched is
counted.

If the rate limit action and logging of a rule are enabled, then two statistical
counters are activated: one is kept for the number of packets that are allowed
to proceed, and another one is kept for the number of packets that are
discarded as a result of the traffic rate exceeding the configured packet rate.

Packet filtering and packet copying of traffic


When a rule is matched, and packet copying is enabled, a minimum of 44 bytes
starting with the IP header to a maximum of 112 bytes, are copied to an
on-card circular buffer to enable further retrieval and examination.

118
8. 7670 RSP security features

Access list statistics logging and packet copying can be enabled or disabled
according to preset rules, and applied independently of each other.

Routing plane security


To effectively deliver IP-based applications and services to users, enterprises
need networks that are self-healing from intrusions, such as viruses and DoS
attacks. The intrusion threats facing networks today are varied and
ever-evolving, making it imperative that the various security systems in an
enterprise work together.

Resistance to denial of service attacks


Comprehensive automated subscriber and service-level security features have
been added. Service providers are able to establish thousands of anti-spoofing
security filtering rules to prevent theft of content or services and to contain
service-impacting user-to-user and infrastructure-level DoS attacks.

Access to the routing plane is controlled by strengthening the resistance to


DoS attacks. Table 11 lists several DoS attacks and corresponding
countermeasures on the 7670 RSP.

Table 11: DoS countermeasures on the 7670 RSP

Type of DoS Description Countermeasure


attack
Ping of death Large ICMP echo request Hardened in stack
Smurf ICMP echo request to Blackhole routes for martian
broadcast address addresses
Land Src Adr/Port = Dst Adr/Port Hardened in stack
TCP syn flood Half-open sessions Node does not crash
Teardrop Fragmented malformed Hardened in stack
packets

Network control plane


The following protocols are used to ensure secure transmission:
• Q.2931
• PNNI
• RSVP (MD5)
• LDP (MD5)

IP routing and signaling security


All routing updates destined for the 7670 RSP are automatically assigned to
the highest CoS (CoS-1) at the ingress interface. This way, it is guaranteed that
routing packets are always serviced before any other traffic.

119
8. 7670 RSP security features

IP routing and signaling security is managed through protocol authentication.


The following protocols are used:
• OSPF (MD5)
• BGP-4 (MD5)
• IS-IS (MD5)
• PNNI
• RPF

MD5 authentication between routing peers


Authentication between routing peers is a measure of precaution taken against
hackers who might otherwise present themselves as one of the routing peers
and feed the network false routing information, which can cause network
instability.

The 7670 RSP implements the following MD5 authentication requirements:


• TCP MD5 signature option for protection of BGP-4 sessions
• OSPF/IS-IS/RIP neighbor router authentication
• a different key for each interface and routing protocol type

Per-IP-flow rate limiting and IP CoS differentiation based on multifield classification


When incoming routing packets destined for the 7670 RSP are detected as
routing packets, they are automatically assigned to the highest CoS.

In order to assign packets to different queues, it is necessary to turn on the


multifield classification (MFC) feature, and specify the parameters that will
govern the rules by which packets are to be assigned to different CoS. The MFC
parameters are the source and destination IP address or port and the routing
protocol.

Routed packets are assigned automatic priority by the 7670 RSP. All other
traffic can be prioritized by the operator.

Rate limiting and CoS differentiation enable the service provider to manage
traffic securely and to guarantee obligations under SLAs.

Management plane security


The 7670 RSP offers service providers the following features for securing the
management plane:
• improved user login authentication and support for Remote Authentication
Dial-In User Service (RADIUS)
• secure protocols for node management
• event logging

120
8. 7670 RSP security features

With these features, service providers can have confidence that they can
control access to the management plane (which includes management of the
node through CLI and SNMP) and the data plane, protect access to node
information, and preserve the integrity of control and management
information during its transmission. Furthermore, service providers can collect
and analyze performance, management, and traffic records in order to detect
any potential system compromise.

All of these features can be enabled at the service provider’s discretion, giving
them the flexibility to enforce the level of security that meets their needs.

Improved user login authentication and support for RADIUS


To improve node security, the concept of unique users was introduced, each
with an individual username and password. This means that individual node
users can be assigned different node access levels and corresponding
privileges, such as read-write or read-only. The 7670 RSP also supports the
ability to enforce complex passwords, which are more secure than regular
passwords.

To be authenticated to use a 7670 RSP, each user must be assigned:


• a unique login username
• one or more access levels
• privileges that correspond to the assigned access level or levels

Service providers determine how many users to add and what access levels and
privileges to assign to each user. One 7670 RSP can support up to 100 users.
The access levels that can be assigned are: operator, maintenance,
administrator, security, and support.

Authenticating user access to the node is performed either locally against the
node database or externally using a RADIUS server. Either the node or the
RADIUS server can be used to control and manage all user-attempted logins to
the 7670 RSP.

Login authentication using the node database


When RADIUS authentication is disabled, the node verifies user login using its
own login table stored in its database. One 7670 RSP node supports a
maximum of 100 user accounts.

Login authentication using a RADIUS server


RADIUS is an access server authentication, authorization, and accounting
(AAA) protocol. It provides a standardized method of exchanging information
between a RADIUS client (located on the 7670 RSP) and a RADIUS server
(located externally to the 7670 RSP). RADIUS functionality is transparent to
users who are logging in to a node that has RADIUS authentication enabled.

121
8. 7670 RSP security features

With RADIUS authentication, RADIUS provides an extra layer of login security


on the 7670 RSP. The RADIUS client relays the user login and password, both
encrypted using MD5, to the RADIUS server. The server authenticates the user
and returns to the RADIUS client the user access level and privilege
information necessary for the node to grant or refuse access to the user.

RADIUS also makes it easier for customers with large numbers of nodes in
service to manage and maintain user login and password information. The
customer can centralize an existing user database that can be used to access
all nodes for that customer, rather than having to maintain a separate database
for each node.

With RADIUS accounting, it is possible to track the number of users who have
been granted access to the node through the RADIUS server, the number of
users who have been refused node access through the RADIUS server, and the
number of timeouts for each RADIUS server.

The 7670 RSP supports the following RADIUS standards:


• RFC 2618 RADIUS Authentication Client MIB
• RFC 2620 RADIUS Accounting Client MIB
• RFC 2865 Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS)
• RFC 2866 RADIUS Accounting

Secure protocols for node management


With its open management architecture, the 7670 RSP can be managed
remotely by SNMP or by remote CLI access through Telnet. As well, files such
as software downloads, database backups and restores, CLI configuration,
trace logs, and security logs can be transferred to and from the node using
FTP. The 7670 RSP secures its open management architecture by supporting
the following secure protocols for management traffic:
• SSH
• SFTP
• SNMP v3

Securing remote access to the node meets the following needs:


• privacy
Information sent to and from the 7670 RSP must be encrypted to prevent any
third party from reading it. The system maintains privacy through the use of
symmetric key encryption algorithms.
• integrity of data
Information sent to and from the 7670 RSP must be protected against
corruption by a malicious attacker. Integrity is maintained through the use of
cryptographic hash algorithms known as message digests.

122
8. 7670 RSP security features

• authenticity
When the 7670 RSP is downloading files to a file server, the 7670 RSP is
considered the client and the file server is considered the server. A client
wishing to connect to a server must be sure that the server is who it says it is,
to ensure that sensitive information is not sent to a corrupt server. The control
path security system authenticates the 7670 RSP to a client and authenticates
a server to the 7670 RSP through the use of asymmetric (public) key
encryption algorithms.

CLI security through SSH


The 7670 RSP can be managed remotely through the CLI. Access to the CLI
can be through a Telnet session or, for enhanced security, through an SSH
session. SSH can replace Telnet for both in-band and out-of-band
communication with the 7670 RSP.

File transfer security using SFTP


File transfers can be configured individually using FTP or, for enhanced
security, using SFTP. Secure transfer using SFTP can be through in-band or
out-of-band IP. Files transferred to and from the 7670 RSP include database
backup and restore files, software downloads, CLI configurations, trace logs,
and security logs.

SFTP is a secure file transfer protocol that is integrated into SSH; that is, the
file transfer is performed over a secure SSH session. The remote file server
must have SSH version 2 server software installed.

The 7670 RSP uses the same cryptographic algorithms for secure file transfer
as those used for SSH.

Node management security through SNMP v3


The 7670 RSP supports SNMP v3 in accordance with RFC 2571, RFC 2572,
RFC 2573, RFC 2574, RFC 2575, and RFC 2576. Support for SNMP v3 implicitly
includes support for SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c. Support for SNMP v3 enables the
secure management of the 7670 RSP by an SNMP manager, increasing the
robustness and security of the node management infrastructure. Where
SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c use clear text strings (known as community strings)
as a crude security mechanism, SNMP v3 includes enhanced security by using
authentication, privacy, and access control.

Encrypted configuration databases


The control card can keep the configuration file in encrypted format as an
additional security measure in cases where the configuration data need to be
kept confidential and accessible only with a password. When the configuration
file is encrypted, any unauthorized attempt to download the file is denied.

123
8. 7670 RSP security features

Cryptographic algorithms
The 7670 RSP supports the following symmetric key encryption algorithms to
protect privacy of information:
• 3TDES (CBC mode, 168-bit key)
• Blowfish (CBC mode, 128-bit key)
• RC4 (128-bit key)
• AES (CBC mode, 128-bit key)

The 7670 RSP maintains integrity of information through the use of


cryptographic hash algorithms known as message digests. A series of nested
message digests creates a hashed message authentication code. The 7670 RSP
supports HMAC-MD5 and HMAC-SHA-1.

The 7670 RSP ensures its authenticity through the use of public key
algorithms.

Public key management


Public key cryptography enables a client to verify the authenticity of a server.
The server generates a public and private key pair. The public key is given to
any clients needing to connect with the server. The private key is known only
to the server.

Generating public and private key pairs for the 7670 RSP can be done through
the CLI. When the public and private key pairs are generated, they are stored
in the control card database. The private key cannot be accessed by users.

As a server, the 7670 RSP exports public keys to clients who want to access the
node. As a client, the 7670 RSP imports public keys from the file servers in
order to perform secure file transfers.

The 7670 RSP supports the DSA public/private key algorithm.

Secured local storage of passwords


In addition to the external authentication of passwords by a RADIUS server,
login passwords for the 7670 RSP can be encrypted locally (as plain text) for
enhanced security. With the additional local encryption, the login password
must be authenticated twice before access is granted.

Event logging
The 7670 RSP offers event logging as another method of addressing security
concerns. Event logging gives service providers the ability to record and view
what is happening on the node as a way of detecting any misuse of resources.
With event logging, the node records security events and user activities (audit
events).

124
8. 7670 RSP security features

Security events are events that pertain to the node. They can include events
such as user account creation and modification, changes in security
configuration, user login attempts, card resets, database backup and restores,
and software downloads. Security events are stored in a security event log that
can be either buffered or spooled.

Audit events are any CLI commands that a user enters and executes on a node.
Each audit event, along with a corresponding username, is stored in an audit
event log that can be either buffered or spooled.

Events that are stored in a buffered log can be kept on the node, or they can
be sent by FTP or SFTP for backup on an external node. Alternatively, service
providers may choose to spool their event logs. When configured for spooled
logging, the node automatically sends the spooled logs to a syslog server—a
network host that accepts and processes logged events. The ability to spool
event logs to a syslog server simplifies event log management for service
providers who have a large number of nodes in their network.

A user with security access to the node can review a security event log to check
for any signs of system compromise, use the log to troubleshoot the node, or
cross-reference the log with SNMP traps and alarms for more detailed
information. In addition, a user with security access can review an audit event
log to monitor user activity on the node. The information can help determine
if a user is performing normal, routine duties on the node or if the user’s
intention is malicious.

Additional security log events


Additional security log events include:
• access list configuration changes
• SNMP configuration changes
• access list filter matches

Redundant syslog servers for event logging


To improve the collection and analysis of performance, management, and
traffic records to detect misuse, the event logging feature has been enhanced
to support spooling to two syslog servers. Each server can be configured to
receive both spooled security logs and spooled audit logs, thus providing
redundancy. Alternatively, each server can be configured to receive either
spooled security logs or spooled audit logs, enabling the separation of security
events from audit events.

The event logging feature is also enhanced to include the time zone in the
timestamp of all log events in the security and audit logs. This applies to both
buffered and spooled logs.

The redundant syslog servers offer the benefit of total security in event logging
and storage on the 7670 RSP. This enables non-stop monitoring of the system
for signs of system compromise, with access to logs for troubleshooting the
node, or the ability to cross-reference the log with the SNMP traps and alarms.

125
8. 7670 RSP security features

Combatting security threats


Table 12 lists some ways to protect the 7670 RSP against common security
threats.

Table 12: Solutions to common threats to the 7670 RSP

Threat Solution
Unauthorized access to node, network Authenticated CLI, RADIUS
control, and data
Assumed identities (masquerading), Access lists, network ingress filtering,
spoofing subnet spoofing prevention
Eavesdropping, replay Encryption, one-time passwords
Covert channels, modification of MD5 authentication
protocols
Back doors Close ports, authenticated access
Denial of service Access lists, rate limiting
Component of power failure High availability and redundancy
Flaws in hardware, software, or Continuous process improvement,
firmware reviews, testing
Internal personal abuse of network Syslog, multi-level administration access
resources

126
7670 RSP system management
This chapter provides an overview of the 7670 RSP system management
features, including:
• “Integrated Layer 2 and Layer 3 management”
• “External management”
• “SNMP”
• “CLI”
• “5620 NM”
• “Internal management”
• “Control card”
• “Database”
• “System timing”
• “Indicators”

127
9. 7670 RSP system management

Integrated Layer 2 and Layer 3 management


The 7670 RSP is managed by the 5620 Network Manager, which effectively
manages a wide range of technologies. The ability of the 5620 NM to combine
multiple access types over a multiprotocol core (such as IP, MPLS, or ATM)
helps customers to meet the challenges of network consolidation.

Once an operator becomes familiar with using the 5620 NM for one service,
management of any other service is easily extended without the overhead of
new management systems. In addition, operational expenses decrease because
no new training is needed when new technologies are added, and significant
reductions in provisioning time and effort can be realized. In fact, time and
motion lab studies conducted at Alcatel-Lucent have demonstrated an up to
50% decrease in provisioning and fault isolation time using the 5620 NM.
Flow-through provisioning and activation rates using 5620 NM automation
were 20 per minute or 10 000 per day.

The effects of provisioning errors in a network may be significant. For every


provisioning error, not only must the error be detected and isolated, but time
and effort must be spent to reprovision. There is almost always a cost
attributable to the error condition, whether in SLA refunds, use of off-network
capacity, or prior overprovisioning to compensate. Automated provisioning
increases accuracy and efficiency by reducing sources of human error and
streamlining the workflow of network operations, which in turn reduce
operational expenses by increasing human productivity and reducing
provisioning time.

Nodal characteristics can play a significant role in simplifying and reducing


workflow for provisioning and fault management. Most important are those
features that:
• reduce the number of assemblies and provisioning actions required
(accomplished through channelized and multiprotocol interfaces)
• create statistics or fault reports that can be automatically analyzed and flagged
(accomplished through diagnostics and OAM functions for all services)
• increase the serviceability of components (accomplished through hitless
upgrades and field-replaceable units)

The 5620 NM provides the leading management solution to reduce errors and
improve automation and extends its value of provisioning, fault management,
and performance management to include Layer 3 in addition to Layer 2.

For information about how to use and maintain the 5620 NM, see the
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Network Manager User Guide.

External management
The 7670 RSP system is managed locally or remotely with SNMP, the CLI, or
by the 5620 NM.

128
9. 7670 RSP system management

SNMP
SNMP is used to control and monitor the 7670 RSP. SNMP is used by the
5620 NM and by third-party network management tools. The 7670 RSP
supports SNMP v1, SNMP v2c, and SNMP v3.

SNMP inform message is also supported to guarantee successful event


notification.

CLI
The command line interface (CLI) is used to configure, monitor, and
troubleshoot the 7670 RSP.

5620 NM
The 5620 NM is an industry-leading network and management platform,
distinguished by its open, scalable, highly available, multi-access and
multi-technology management capabilities. The 5620 NM provides
unsurpassed scalability and flexibility. It can manage networks of any size,
each containing thousands of nodes.

Network management functions


The network manager performs the following functions:
• fault management
• configuration management
• accounting
• performance management
• security functions

Actions
The network manager performs the following actions:
• network operation monitoring in real time
• setup and management of end-to-end connections
• diagnostics
• backup and restore of node database
• software upgrades
• problem isolation and management

Internal management
The management of the 7670 RSP is consolidated on the control card.

129
9. 7670 RSP system management

Control card
The control card manages the system according to the following principles.
• The control card runs application and service card software components.
• The control card receives reports on events from the application cards and
makes decisions on actions to take.
• The inactive card cannot become active prior to the active card being removed
or reset. When the active card is removed or reset, there is an automatic
switchover of activity to the inactive card. This applies to control, fabric, and
interface redundancy.

Administrative layer
The administrative layer resides only on the control cards and is responsible
for overall decision-making within the 7670 RSP control application. The
application environment is responsible for much of the 7670 RSP control
application’s decision-making. It defines an environment in which application
modules (AM) carry out device- and application-specific activities in response
to:
• management requests
This includes external network and element managers using a supported
protocol such as NCI or SNMP as well as CLI.
• system events
This includes device status changes (due to either failures or external events).

AMs provide a consistent interface for management entities to access


configuration and status information for all system components. These include
access to information in the system database. AMs do not typically directly
control system resources, such as devices, when a management configuration
change request is received. Instead, the AM usually updates the database with
the requested change and then passes the request along to another software
component responsible for making the change.

Resource layer
The resource layer resides on all cards in the 7670 RSP and is responsible for
making administrative layer decisions and for reporting significant
occurrences within the platform to the administrative layer so that it can
determine what, if any, actions are required. The resources managed by this
layer include physical devices, such as ports and cards, and logical software
resources, such as control redundancy, software download servers, and slot
monitoring software components.

Each card has its own card-specific and/or standard resources, which are
managed locally by the card’s own resource layer. Each card contains a control
processor (CTL server), which contains card application module (CAM)
objects. The CTL server and the CAMs accept requests from the administrative
layer and make the changes, possibly using the services of other components

130
9. 7670 RSP system management

in the card’s layer. There is typically a one-to-one correspondence between AM


objects in the system’s administrative layer and CAM objects in a card’s
resource layer.

Database
The control card contains a database on a 1 Gbyte flash disk. The following
summarizes the database functionality.
• The node database stores all the configuration and connections programmed
on the switch. The configuration settings and connections are automatically
re-established after a system or card reset.
• Changes to the node database generally take effect immediately. A node or
card reset should not be required for most changes.
• While the node tries to carry out the request of the management entities, it is
responsible for maintaining a “sane” database and will refuse management
requests that lead to database inconsistencies.
• The control card default database handshake mechanism is a means to ensure
that, in a control redundant system, only the card with a sound database
comes up as the active control card (and its database is used), and if a card has
a default database, it is forced to be the inactive card.
• Database backup and restore are maintenance operations that enable
customers to store a copy of the node database on a remote file server as a
method of preparation for disaster recovery. In the event of a disaster, the
node database can be restored from the remote file server where a backed-up
copy resides.

Database conversion
The database conversion component of the software is added to enable the
control card to convert a database created by a previous release of software to
work with the current release. Database conversion is executed on an
attribute-by-attribute basis and can be invoked by:
• restoration of a database backed up by previous releases of software to
systems running the current release
• reconciliation of the database, where an active control card running an older
release of software transfers its database to an inactive control card running
the current release of software
• propagation of a database update from the active node controller to the
inactive node controller during system upgrade of a control redundant system.
Database conversion happens in this scenario only when the inactive
controller is the newer software release and the active controller is one of the
releases supported by the newer release for database conversion. Database
conversion is only performed when the software major or minor version
changes.

System timing
The 7670 RSP uses system timing to synchronize with the network. The SSU
on the control card provides the system timing for the 7670 RSP.

131
9. 7670 RSP system management

Indicators
Each 7670 RSP shelf has indicators in the form of LEDs and alarms.

LEDs
The 7670 RSP uses LEDs to identify and isolate system faults quickly and
easily.

Alarms
The 7670 RSP generates alarms to track and report faults. If a fault occurs, the
7670 RSP generates an alarm record. Alarm records are stored in one of the
following alarm queues, according to the severity of the alarm condition:
• critical
• major
• minor
• diagnostic

132
7670 RSP standards compliance
and specifications
The 7670 RSP complies with the standards and specifications listed in the
following tables:
• “Standards compliance”
• “IP/MPLS standards compliance”
• “ATM standards compliance”
• “SNMP standards compliance”
• “Interface compliance specifications for SONET and SDH cards”
• “Optical parameters for the receive port on Gigabit Ethernet cards”
• “Optical parameters for the transmit port on Gigabit Ethernet cards”
• “Operating distance for Gigabit Ethernet cards”
• “Optical parameters for the receive port on OC3 and STM1 cards”
• “Optical parameters for the transmit port on OC3 and STM1 cards”
• “Optical parameters for the receive port on OC12 and STM4 cards”
• “Optical parameters for the transmit port on OC12 and STM4 cards”
• “Optical parameters for the transmit port on OC48c and STM16 cards”
• “Optical parameters for the receive port on OC48c and STM16 cards”
• “DS3 and OC3c/STM1 electrical transmission information”
• “Physical specifications for the shelves”
• “Multishelf configuration specifications”
• “Circuit-card area components of a single-shelf system”
• “Circuit-card area components of the Control shelf”

133
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

• “Circuit-card area components of the Switching shelf”


• “Circuit-card area components of the Peripheral shelf”
• “Physical specifications for the exhaust deflector tray”
• “Power consumption of 7670 RSP components”
• “Site specifications”

134
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Table 13: Standards compliance

Category Standard or recommendation


Environmental and NEBS GR-63-CORE
GR-1089-CORE
ETSI EN 300 019-2-1: Equipment Class 1.2
ETSI EN 300 019-2-2: Equipment Class 2.3
ETSI EN 300 019-2-3: Equipment Class 3.2
Timing/Synchronization Telcordia GR-1244 Issue 3
Telcordia GR-253 Issue 4
ITU-T G.957
ITU-T G.825
EMC GR-1089-CORE Class A
FCC Part 15 Class A
EN55022 Class B
ICES-003 Class A
EN300-386 Class B
AS/NZS 3548 Class A (Australia)
MIC Notice No.2001-115 (South Korea)
MIC Notice No.2001-116 (South Korea)
Safety CSA C22.2 No.60950-1
UL 60950-1
FDA CDRH 21-CFR 1040
EN 60950-1
EN 60825-1
AS/NZS 60950

135
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Table 14: IP/MPLS standards compliance

Routing protocol Standard Title


IP general RFC 768 User Datagram Protocol
RFC 791 Internet Protocol (1)
RFC 792 Internet Control Message Protocol
RFC 793 Transmission Control Protocol
RFC 854 Telnet Protocol Specification
RFC 1122 Requirements for Internet Hosts –
Communication Layers
RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol
RFC 1518 An Architecture for IP Address Allocation
with CIDR
RFC 1519 Classless Inter-domain Routing (CIDR): an
Address Assignment and Integration
Strategy
RFC 1573 Evolution of the Interfaces Group of MIB-II
RFC 1577 Inverse ATM ARP
RFC 1812 Requirements for IP Version 4 Routers
RFC 2011 SNMPv2 Management Information Base for
the Internet Protocol using SMIv2
RFC 2096 IP Forwarding Table MIB
RFC 2113 IP Router Alert Option
RFC 2233 The Interfaces Group MIB using SMIv2
RFC 2236 Internet Group Management Protocol,
Version 2
RFC 2362 Protocol Independent Multicast-Sparse
Mode (PIM-SM): Protocol Specification,
Version 2
RFC 2644 Changing the Default for Directed
Broadcasts in Routers
RFC 2684 (obsoletes RFC 1483) Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM
Adaptation Layer 5
RFC 3021 Using 31-Bit Prefixes on IPv4 Point-to-Point
Links
draft-ietf-pim-sm-v2-new-09.txt Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse
Mode (PIM-SM: Protocol Specification
(Revised)

(1 of 7)

136
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Routing protocol Standard Title


IP version 6 RFC 1981 IPv6 path MTU
RFC 2283 Multiprotocol extension for BGP4
RFC 2375 IPv6 multicast addresses
RFC 2460 IPv6 protocol
RFC 2462 Stateless autoconfiguration
RFC 2464 IPv6 over Ethernet
RFC 2472 Definition of the DS field in the IPv4 and IPv6
header
RFC 2492 IPv6 over ATM
RFC 2597 An assured forwarding PHB
RFC 2710 IPv6 MLD
RFC 3246 An expedited forwarding PHB
RFC 3484 Default address selection
RFC 3587 IPv6 global unicast address
RFC 4007 IPv6 address scoping
RFC 4291 IPv6 addressing architecture
RFC 4659 6VPE
draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-v3-07.txt ICMPv6
draft-ietf-ipv6-2461bis-04.txt IPv6 neighbor discovery
draft-ietf-ipv6-node-requirements-11.txt IPv6 node requirements
draft-ietf-ipv6-addr-arch-v4-04.txt IPv6 address architecture
draft-ietf-ipv6-rfc2011-update-10.txt IPv6 MIB
draft-ooms-v6ops-bgp-tunnel-05.txt 6PE

(2 of 7)

137
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Routing protocol Standard Title


BGP-4 RFC 1657 Definitions of Managed Objects for the
Fourth Version of the Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP-4) using SMIv2
RFC 1745 BGP4/IDRP for IP – OSPF Interaction
RFC 1771 A Border Gateway Protocol 4 (BGP-4)
RFC 1772 Application of the Border Gateway Protocol
in the Internet
RFC 1997 BGP Communities Attribute
RFC 1998 An Application of the BGP Community
Attribute in Multi-home Routing
RFC 2385 Protection of BGP Sessions via the TCP MD5
Signature Option
RFC 2439 BGP Route Flap Damping
RFC 2519 A Framework for Inter-Domain Route
Aggregation
RFC 2796 (obsoletes RFC 1966) BGP Route Reflection – An Alternative to Full
Mesh IBGP
RFC 2842 Capabilities Advertisement with BGP-4
RFC 2858 Multiprotocol Extensions for BGP-4
RFC 2918 Route Refresh Capability for BGP-4
RFC 3065 Autonomous System Confederations for
BGP
RFC 3107 Carrying Label Information in BGP-4
draft-ietf-idr-restart-10.txt Graceful Restart Mechanism for BGP
draft-ietf-idr-rfc2842bis-02.txt Capabilities Advertisement with BGP-4
draft-ietf-idr-bgp-ext- BGP Extended Communities Attribute
communities-05.txt
draft-ietf-idr-as4bytes-04.txt BGP support for four-octet AS number space
Diffserv RFC 2474 Definition of the Differentiated Services Field
(DS Field) in the IPv4 and IPv6 Headers
RFC 2475 An Architecture for Differentiated Services
RFC 2597 Assured Forwarding PHB Group
RFC 2697 A Single Rate Three Color Marker
RFC 3246 An Expedited Forwarding PHB (Per-Hop
Behavior)

(3 of 7)

138
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Routing protocol Standard Title


MPLS RFC 2205 (1) Resource ReSerVation Protocol (RSVP) –
Version 1 Functional Specification
RFC 3031 Multiprotocol Label Switching Architecture
RFC 3032 MPLS Label Stack Encoding
RFC 3035 MPLS using LDP and ATM VC Switching
RFC 3036 LDP Specification
RFC 3209 RSVP-TE: Extensions to RSVP for LSP Tunnels
RFC 3212 Constraint-based LSP Setup using LDP
RFC 3214 LSP Modification using CR-LDP
RFC 3215 LDP State Machines
RFC 3270 Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)
Support of Differentiated Services
RFC 3478 Graceful Restart Mechanism for Label
Distribution Protocol
draft-ietf-mpls-framework-05.txt A Framework for MPLS

draft-ietf-mpls-ftn-mib-04.txt (3) Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)


FEC-To-NHLFE (FTN) Management
Information Base

draft-ietf-mpls-ldp-mib-08.txt (3) Definitions of Managed Objects for the


Multiprotocol Label Switching, Label
Distribution Protocol (LDP)
draft-ietf-mpls-lsp-ping-08.txt Detecting MPLS data plane failures

draft-ietf-mpls-lsr-mib-08.txt (3) Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Label


Switch Router Management Information
Base Using SMIv2
draft-ietf-mpls-mgmt-overview-01.txt Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)
Management Overview

draft-ietf-mpls-tc-mib-03.txt (3) Definitions of Textual Conventions and


OBJECT-IDENTITIES for Multi-Protocol Label
Switching (MPLS) Management

draft-ietf-mpls-te-mib-08.txt (4) Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Traffic


Engineering Management Information Base
Using SMIv2
draft-ietf-mpls-rsvp-lsp- Fast Reroute Extensions to RSVP-TE for LSP
fastreroute-03.txt (as LER) Tunnels
draft-minei-mpls-ldp-planned-restart-00.txt LDP Graceful Restart for Planned Outages

(4 of 7)

139
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Routing protocol Standard Title


OSPF RFC 1587 The OSPF NSSA Option
RFC 1765 OSPF Database Overflow
RFC 1850 OSPF Version 2 Management Information
Base
RFC 2328 OSPF Version 2
RFC 2370 The OSPF Opaque LSA Option
RFC 3623 Graceful OSPF Restart
draft-ietf-ospf-graceful-impl-report-03.txt Graceful OSPF Restart Implementation
Report
draft-ietf-ospf-isis-flood-opt-01.txt Flooding Optimizations in Link-State Routing
Protocols
draft-ietf-ospf-mib-update-08.txt OSPF Version 2 Management Information
Base
draft-katz-yeung-ospf-traffic-04.txt Traffic Engineering Extensions to OSPF
draft-rosen-ppvpn-ospf2547- OSPF Area 0 PE/CE Links in BGP/MPLS
area0-01.txt VPNs
draft-rosen-vpns-ospf-bgp-mpls-05.txt OSPF as the PE/CE Protocol in BGP/MPLS
VPNs
IS-IS RFC 1142 OSI IS-IS Intra-domain Routing Protocol
RFC 1195 Use of OSI IS-IS for Routing in TCP/IP and
Dual Environments
RFC 2763 Dynamic Hostname Exchange Mechanism
for IS-IS
RFC 3277 Intermediate System to Intermediate System
(IS-IS) Transient Blackhole Avoidance
draft-ietf-isis-traffic-02.txt IS-IS extensions for Traffic Engineering
ISO/IEC 10589 IS to IS Interdomain Routing
RIP RFC 1722 RIP Version 2 Protocol Applicability
Statement
RFC 2082 RIP-2 MD5 Authentication
RFC 2453 RIP Version 2
PPP RFC 1332 The PPP Internet Protocol Control Protocol
(IPCP)
RFC 1377 The PPP OSI Network Layer Control Protocol
(OSINLCP)
RFC 1661 The Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)
RFC 1662 PPP in HDLC-like Framing
RFC 1994 PPP Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol (CHAP)
RFC 2364 PPP over ATM
RFC 2615 PPP over SONET/SDH

(5 of 7)

140
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Routing protocol Standard Title


ATM mediation ATMF af-aic-00178.000 Version 1 ATM-MPLS Network Interworking
draft-ietf-pwe3-atm-encap-03.txt (Cell Encapsulation Methods for Transport of
mode and AAL5 PDU mode) ATM Cells/Frame Over IP and MPLS
Networks
ITU-T Y.1711 MPLS OAM
ATMF af-cs-0197.000 ATM-MPLS Network Interworking Signaling
Specification 1.0
Y.1411 ATM over MPLS Cell Encapsulation
Y.atmplsf ATM over MPLS Frame Encapsulation
Ethernet IEEE 802.3, 2000 edition CSMA/CD Access Method and Physical
Layer Specifications
IEEE 802.1Q-1998 Virtual Bridged Local Area Networks
(VLANs)
IEEE 802.1P-1998 Supplement to MAC Bridges: Traffic Class
Expediting and Dynamic Multicast Filtering
RFC 826 An Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol
RFC 894 A Standard for the Transmission of IP
Datagrams over Ethernet Networks
RFC 1643 (statistics collection only) Definitions of Managed Objects for the
Ethernet-like Interface Types
draft-ietf-mpls-rsvp-lsp- Fast Reroute Extensions to RSVP-TE for LSP
fastreroute-00.txt (as LER only) Tunnels
Layer 2 VPNs ATMF af-aic-0178.000 Version 1 (4) ATM-MPLS Network Interworking

ITU-T Y.1711 MPLS OAM


Ltd-cs-atmmpls-01.00 Signaling and Routing Support of
ATM-MPLS Network Interworking
RFC 4447 Pseudowire Setup and Maintenance using
LDP
draft-ietf-pwe3-ethernet-encap-04.txt Encapsulation Methods for Transport of
Ethernet Frames Over IP/MPLS Networks

draft-ietf-pwe3-atm-encap-04.txt (5) (6) Encapsulation Methods for Transport of


ATM Cells/Frame Over IP and MPLS
Networks
draft-ietf-pwe3-vccv-04.txt Pseudo Wire Virtual Circuit Connectivity
Verification (VCCV)
Y.atmplsc ATM over MPLS Cell Encapsulation
Y.atmplsf ATM over MPLS Frame Encapsulation

(6 of 7)

141
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Routing protocol Standard Title


BGP/MPLS VPNs RFC 2842 Capabilities Advertisement with BGP-4
(Layer 3 VPNs)
RFC 2858 Multiprotocol Extensions for BGP-4
RFC 2918 Route Refresh Capability for BGP-4
RFC 3107 Carrying Label Information in BGP-4
draft-ietf-ppvpn-rfc2547bis-03.txt BGP/MPLS VPNs
DHCP RFC 951 Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP)
RFC 1534 Interoperation Between DHCP and BOOTP
RFC 1542 Clarifications and Extensions for the
Bootstrap Protocol
RFC 2131 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
RFC 2132 DHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor
Extensions
RFC 2939 Procedures and IANA Guidelines for
Definition of New DHCP Options and
Message Types
RFC 3011 The IPv4 Subnet Selection Option for DHCP
RFC 3527 The Relay Agent Link Selection Option for
DHCP
RFC 3046 DHCP Relay Agent Information Option

(7 of 7)
Notes
1. Conforms to RFC 2205 features required to support extensions for LSP tunnels.
2. The 7670 RSP uses an enterprise read/write SNMP MIB for configuring and provisioning
LSPs. (rsextmplste.mib)
3. See note (2). Using this MIB, LSPs can be used for the purpose of traffic engineering and
IGP/BGP shortcuts.
4. Supporting frame and cell mode encapsulation of ATM cells over MPLS.
5. CR-LDP LER functionality for MPLS tunnel interfaces is only provided on the Multi-Rate 8
ATM/IP and MR48 line cards. These cards are currently not able to perform the specialized
ATM/MPLS encapsulation; therefore, ATM pseudowires cannot ride over CR-LDP LSPs.
6. The implementation of pseudowires on the MR48 line card differs from the standards as
follows.
In the ATM-MPLS direction, the U bit in the SDU control word is always set to 0.
In the ATM-MPLS direction, the CLP bit and the EFCI bits are set corresponding to the first cell
being placed in an MPLS frame.

Table 15: ATM standards compliance

ATM Standard Title


functionality
UNI af-uni-0010.001 ATM User-Network Interface Specification V3.0
af-uni-0010.002 ATM User-Network Interface Specification V3.1

(1 of 2)

142
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

ATM Standard Title


functionality
Traffic af-uni-0010.002 Traffic Management 3.1
management
af-tm-0056.000 Traffic Management 4.0
af-tm-0121.000 Traffic Management 4.1
Signaling af-uni-0010.002 UNI Signaling 3.1
af-sig-0061.000 UNI Signaling 4.0
af-sig-0076.000 Signaling ABR Addendum
ILMI af-ilmi-0065.000 ILMI 4.0
Control af-cs-0107.000 Addressing Addendum for UNI Signaling 4.0
signaling
af-cs-0115.000 PNNI Transported Address Stack, Version 1.1
af-cs-0125.000 ATM AINI specification
af-cs-0126.000 PNNI Addendum for Generic Application Transport,
Version 1.0
af-cs-0127.000 PNNI SPVC Addendum, Version 1.1
af-cs-0141.000 PNNI Addendum for Path and Connection Trace,
Version 1.1
af-cs-0176.000 AINI Loop Detection
B-ICI (with the af-bici-0013.000 B-ICI 1.0
exception of
B-ISUP) af-bici-0013.001 B-ICI 1.1
af-bici-0013.002 B-ICI 2.0 (delta specification to B-ICI 1.1)
af-bici-0013.003 B-ICI 2.0 (integrated specification)
af-bici-0068.000 B-ICI 2.0 Addendum or Version 2.1
Routing and af-ra-0105.000 ATM Forum Addressing: User Guide Version 1.0
addressing
af-ra-0106.000 ATM Forum Addressing: Reference Guide
PNNI at-pnni-0026.00 Interim Inter-Switch Signaling Protocol
0
af-pnni-0055.00 PNNI Version 1.1
2
af-cs-0195.000 Policy Routing Version 1.0
IMA af-phy-0086.001 Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) Specification,
Version 1.1

(2 of 2)

Table 16: SNMP standards compliance

Standard Title
RFC 1903 Textual Conventions for SNMPv2
RFC 1907 SNMPv2 Working Group
RFC 2570 Introduction to SNMPv3

(1 of 2)

143
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Standard Title
RFC 2571 Architecture For SNMP Frameworks
RFC 2572 Message Processing and Dispatching for SNMP
RFC 2573 SNMPv3 Applications
RFC 2574 User Based Security
RFC 2575 Views Based Security
RFC 2576 Coexistence between SNMP v1, v2 and v3

(2 of 2)

Table 17: Interface compliance specifications for SONET and SDH cards

Transmission reach Wavelength (nm) Card type Complies with


Electrical — STS-3/STM1E GR-253-CORE, STS-3
ITU-T G.703
ANSI T1.102
Electrical — DS3 ITU-T G.703
ANSI T1.404
SR 1310 OC3c/STM1 ANSI T1.105.06, SR-0
OC12c/STM4 ANSI T1.105.06, SR-0
OC48c/STM16 GR-253-CORE, SR-1
ITU-T G.957, I-16
IR 1310 OC3c/STM1 GR-253-CORE, IR-1
ITU-T G.957, S-1.1
OC12c/STM4 GR-253-CORE, IR-1
ITU-T G.957, S-4.1
OC48c/STM16 GR-253-CORE, IR-1
ITU-T G.957, S-16.1
LR 1310 OC3c/STM1 GR-253-CORE, LR-1
ITU-T G.957, L-1.1
OC12c/STM4 GR-253-CORE, LR-1
ITU-T G.957, L-4.1
OC48cSTM16 GR-253-CORE, LR-1
ITU-T G.957, L-16.1
XLR 1550 OC3c/STM1 GR-253-CORE, LR-2
ITU-T G.957, L-1.2
OC12c/STM4 GR-253-CORE, LR-2
ITU-T G.957, L-4.2
OC48c/STM16 GR-253-CORE, LR-2
ITU-T G.957, L-16.2

144
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Table 18: Optical parameters for the receive port on Gigabit Ethernet cards

Reach Fiber type Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Units


SX Multi-mode, 62.5 nm or Wavelength range 770 860 nm
50 nm
Average received power — 0.0 dBm
Receive sensitivity — –17.0 dBm
LX Single mode Wavelength range 1270 1355 nm
Average received power — –3.0 dBm
Receive sensitivity — –19.0 dBm
LH Single mode Wavelength range 1480 1580 nm
Average received power — –3.0 dBm
Receive sensitivity — –23.0 dBm

Table 19: Optical parameters for the transmit port on Gigabit Ethernet cards

Reach Fiber type Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Units


SX Multi-mode, 62.5 nm or Wavelength range 770 860 nm
50 nm
Spectral width — 0.85 nm
Average launch power –9.5 0.0 dBm
Extinction ratio 9.0 — dB

LX (1) Single mode Wavelength range 1270 1355 nm


Spectral width — 4.0 nm
Average launch power –11.0 (2) 1.0 dBm

Extinction ratio 9.0 — dB


LH Single mode Wavelength range 1480 1580 nm
Spectral width — 1.0 nm
Average launch power –3.0 2.0 dBm
Extinction ratio 9.0 — dB

Notes
1. LX is not the same as 1000BASE-LX (IEEE standard 802.3, section 38.4), in that the
7670 RSP Gigabit Ethernet LX I/O has higher output power, which provides longer reach
than the 1000BASE-LX. An optical attenuator may be required to prevent receiver saturation
with short fiber runs.
2. When coupled into single-mode fiber.

145
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Table 20: Operating distance for Gigabit Ethernet cards

Reach Fiber type Modal Operating Distance


bandwidth distance units
(MHz/km)
SX Multi-mode, 62.5 nm 160 220 m
200 275 m
Multi-mode 50 nm 400 500 m
500 550 m
LX Single mode — 20 km
LH Single mode — 70 km

Table 21: Optical parameters for the receive port on OC3 and STM1 cards

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Units


MMF Average received power –30 –14 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
IR Average received power –28 –8 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
LR Average received power –34 –10 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
XLR Average received power –34 –10 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB

Table 22: Optical parameters for the transmit port on OC3 and STM1 cards

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Typical Units


MMF Center wavelength 1270 1380 1310 nm
Spectral width (RMS) — 200 — nm
Coupled transmit power –20 –14 — dBm
Extinction ratio 10 — — dB
IR Center wavelength 1261 1360 1310 nm
Spectral width (RMS) — 7.7 — nm
Coupled transmit power –15 –8 — dBm
Extinction ratio 8.2 — — dB
LR Center wavelength 1280 1335 1310 nm
Spectral width (∆λ 20) — 1 — nm

Coupled transmit power –5 0 — dBm


Extinction ratio 10 — — dB

(1 of 2)

146
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Typical Units


XLR Center wavelength 1480 1580 1550 nm
Spectral width (∆λ 20) — 1 — nm

Coupled transmit power –5 0 — dBm


Extinction ratio 10 — — dB

(2 of 2)

Table 23: Optical parameters for the receive port on OC12 and STM4 cards

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Units


MMF Average received power –26 –14 dB
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
IR Average received power –28 –8 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
LR Average received power –28 –8 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
XLR Average received power –28 –8 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB

Table 24: Optical parameters for the transmit port on OC12 and STM4 cards

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Typical Units


MMF Center wavelength 1270 1380 1310 nm
Spectral width (RMS) — 200 — nm
Coupled transmit –20 –14 — dBm
power
Extinction ratio 10 — — dB
IR Center wavelength 1293 1334 1310 nm
Spectral width (RMS) — 4 — nm
Coupled transmit –15 –8 — dBm
power
Extinction ratio 8.2 — — dB
LR Center wavelength 1280 1335 1310 nm
Spectral width (∆λ 20) — 1 — nm
Coupled transmit –3 2 — dBm
power
Extinction ratio 10 — — dB

(1 of 2)

147
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Typical Units


XLR Center wavelength 1480 1580 1550 nm
Spectral width (∆λ 20) — 1 — nm

Coupled transmit –3 2 — dBm


power
Extinction ratio 10 — — dB

(2 of 2)

Table 25: Optical parameters for the receive port on OC48c and STM16 cards

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Units


SR Average received power –18 –3 dB
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
IR Average received power –18 0 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
LR Average received power –27 –9 dBm
Optical path penalty — 1 dB
XLR Average received power –28 –9 dBm
Optical path penalty — 2 dB

Table 26: Optical parameters for the transmit port on OC48c and STM16 cards

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Typical Units


SR Center wavelength 1266 1360 1310 nm
Spectral width (RMS) — 4 — nm
Coupled transmit power –10 –3 — dBm
Extinction ratio 8.2 — — dB
IR Center wavelength 1260 1360 1310 nm
Spectral width (∆λ 20) — 1 — nm

Coupled transmit power –5 0 — dBm


Extinction ratio 8.2 — — dB
LR Center wavelength 1280 1335 1310 nm
Spectral width (∆λ 20) — 1 — nm
Coupled transmit power –2 3 — dBm
Extinction ratio 8.2 — — dB

(1 of 2)

148
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Fiber Optical parameter Minimum Maximum Typical Units


XLR Center wavelength 1480 1580 1550 nm
Spectral width (∆λ 20) — 1 — nm

Coupled transmit power –2 3 — dBm


Extinction ratio 8.2 — — dB

(2 of 2)

Table 27: DS3 and OC3c/STM1 electrical transmission information

Rate Reach Method Cable type


DS3 Maximum 274 m (900 ft) with Electrical 75 Ω coaxial
44.736 Mb/s reference cable
OC3c/STM1 Maximum 274 m (900 ft) with Electrical 75 Ω coaxial
155.52 Mb/s reference cable

Table 28: Physical specifications for the shelves

Category Specification
Dimensions Control shelf or Height: 93.3 cm (37 in.) (21 RU)
Peripheral shelf
Width: 54.5 cm (21.5 in.)
Depth: 60.0 cm (23.6 in.)
Weight:
empty: 68 kg (150 lb)
full: up to 181 kg (400 lb)
Switching shelf Height: 97.8 cm (38.5 in.) (22 RU)
Width: 54.5 cm (21.5 in.)
Depth: 60.0 cm (23.6 in.)
Weight:
empty: 66 kg (145 lb)
full: up to 138 kg (305 lb)
Mounting Rack mounting Width: NEBS-compliant 23-inch rack, with adapter
brackets. It can also be rack-mounted in an 800 mm
ETSI rack.
Height: two shelves per standard height 7-ft rack
Cabinet mounting Custom-made equipment rack for the 7670 RSP

149
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Table 29: Multishelf configuration specifications

Description Specification
Maximum number of Peripheral shelves (not 14
including the Control shelf)
Maximum number of Switching shelves 2
Maximum number of I/O shelves 15
Maximum number of I/O shelves at full capacity 8
Maximum number of HISLs 32 + 32 (redundant)
Maximum HISL length 70 m
Maximum number of CSLs 16 + 16 (redundant)
Maximum CSL length 70 m

Table 30: Circuit-card area components of a single-shelf system

Location Component Quantity


Front Line cards Up to 14
CC2G cards 2
Back I/O cards Up to 28
Facilities cards 1
CICs 2
Switch cards 2
Cable management brackets 24

Table 31: Circuit-card area components of the Control shelf

Location Component Quantity


Front CC2G cards 2
ICON cards 2
Line cards Up to 12
Back ICON I/O cards 2
ICON I/O expansion cards Up to 2
I/O cards Up to 24
Facilities cards 1
CIC 2
DFICs or QFICs At least 2
Cable management brackets 24

150
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Table 32: Circuit-card area components of the Switching shelf

Location Component Quantity


Front SSC card 1
SCH card 1
SMX cards 6
Back SACs Up to 32
Cable management brackets 24

Table 33: Circuit-card area components of the Peripheral shelf

Location Component Quantity


Front PSC cards 2
Line cards Up to 14
Back PICs 2
DFICs or QFICs 2
I/O cards Up to 28
Facilities cards 1
Cable management brackets 24

Table 34: Physical specifications for the exhaust deflector tray

Category Specification
Dimensions Height: 19.0 cm (7.5 in.) (2 RU)
Width: 59 cm (23.3 in.)
Depth: 59.3 cm (23.4 in.)
Weight 9 kg (20 lbs)

Table 35: Power consumption of 7670 RSP components

Component Maximum power consumption


(Watts)
Switch card 69
SSC card 37
SMX card 47
SCH card 33
SAC 28
CC2G card 84
PSC 28

(1 of 2)

151
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Component Maximum power consumption


(Watts)
CIC 22
ICON Management card, ICON I/O card and 130
ICON Expansion card
Facilities card 7
DFIC 48
QFIC 61
Fan unit 103
Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card 122
Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card 107
Multi-Rate 16 POS line card 86
MR48 line card 121
ESC 180
OC48c/STM16 SONET/SDH ATM line card 64
Gigabit Ethernet line card 86
PIC 20
1-port OC12c/STM4 I/O card 16
2-port OC12c/STM4 I/O card 23
4-port OC12/STM4 Channelized I/O card 17
4-port OC3c/STM1 I/O card 18
4-port STM1c Electrical I/O card 29
8-port OC3c/STM1 I/O card 29
8-port OC3/STM1 I/O card 13
8-port STM1 Electrical MR48 I/O card 17
8-port STM1c Electrical I/O card 46
1-port OC48c/STM16 ATM I/O card 27
1-port OC48/STM16 Channelized I/O card 12
8-port DS3 I/O card 17
2-port Gigabit Ethernet I/O card 13

(2 of 2)

Table 36: Site specifications

Category Specification
Shipping and storage temperature –40° to 70°C (–40° to 158°F)
Normal operating temperature 5° to 40°C (41° to 104°F)
Short-term operating temperature –5° to 55°C (23° to 131°F)

(1 of 2)

152
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

Category Specification
Normal relative humidity 5% to 85% at sea level
Short-term relative humidity 5% to 95% at sea level
Altitude Between 60 m (197 ft) below sea level and
1800 m (5906 ft) above sea level
Earthquake Suitable for high risk areas
Pollution degree 2
Rated voltage –48 Vdc/–60 Vdc
Operating voltage range –40 Vdc to –75 Vdc

(2 of 2)

153
A. 7670 RSP standards compliance and specifications

154
7670 RSP component features
This appendix contains descriptions and component specifications for the
7670 RSP system, as follows:
• “Characteristics of service categories”
• “IP routing protocols supported on the 7670 RSP”
• “ESC line card features”
• “MR48 line card features”
• “Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card features”
• “Gigabit Ethernet line card features”
• “Multi-Rate 16 POS line card features”
• “Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card features”
• “OC48c/STM16 SONET/SDH ATM line card features”
• “Optical I/O and line card compatibility”
• “Electrical I/O and line card compatibility”

155
B. 7670 RSP component features

Table 37: Characteristics of service categories

Service Cell Bit rate Typical traffic Delay Cell loss


category switching type sensitivity sensitivity
priority
CBR High Constant Mission-critical Yes High
data
Interactive
multimedia
rt-VBR High Bursty Mission-critical Yes Medium
data
Compressed
video
Interactive video
nrt-VBR Medium Bursty Mission-critical No Medium
data
LAN interconnect
Interworking
ABR Low Bursty LAN interconnect No Low to
Interworking medium

IP services
UBR Low Bursty IP services No Low
LAN interconnect

156
B. 7670 RSP component features

Table 38: IP routing protocols supported on the 7670 RSP

Protocol 7670 RSP implementation


Static routing Static routing allows a network operator to configure a route to
any destination. The 7670 RSP can also use static routes to
override routes learned through dynamic routing protocols. The
7670 RSP supports static routes with configurable administrative
distances and weights.
OSPFv2 OSPFv2 is a dynamic IGP deployed within an autonomous
system. Integrated OSPF is used to exchange routing information
between the 7670 RSP and other routers within an AS. Support
for OSPFv2 includes:
• non-stop routing
• traffic engineering
• overload handling
• IGP shortcuts
• route aggregation, injection, and advertisement
• route redistribution to and from other protocols
• PE-CE routing in IP VPNs
• graceful restart helper
• link state database overflow parameters
• authentication
• messages
• adjacencies
• neighbors on point-to-point networks
• neighbors on broadcast networks
BGP-4 BGP-4 is an Internet routing protocol that exchanges routing
information among routers within and between autonomous
systems. The 7670 RSP can run BGP-4 as either IBGP or EBGP,
depending on whether or not the peering router is in the same
autonomous system. Support for BGP includes:
• non-stop routing
• confederations
• communities and extended communities
• route flap dampening
• route reflectors
• route aggregates
• route redistribution to and from other protocols
• graceful restart helper
• multiprotocol extensions
• BGP-4 peer group without AS
• authentication

(1 of 2)

157
B. 7670 RSP component features

Protocol 7670 RSP implementation


IS-IS Integrated IS-IS is used to exchange routing information between
the 7670 RSP and other routers within an AS running IS-IS.
Support for IS-IS includes:
• non-stop routing
• traffic engineering
• IGP shortcuts
• route redistribution to and from other protocols
• dynamic host name exchange
• authentication
• messages
• neighbors and adjacencies
• interfaces
RIPv2 RIP is an older, widely used protocol. It is supported by many CE
routers that do not support other dynamic routing protocols. RIP is
therefore ideal for use as a routing protocol between PE routers
and CE routers in a BGP/MPLS VPN. Support for RIP includes:
• non-stop routing
• RIP version compatibility switch
• split horizon
• authentication
• route redistribution to and from other protocols

(2 of 2)

Table 39: ESC line card features

Feature Description
Endpoints Maximum endpoints per card: 16 000
Maximum endpoints per channel or IMA group: 16 000
Maximum TDM DS1 circuit emulation channels per slot: 672
Maximum TDM DS1 circuit emulation channels per OC3 port: 84
Maximum TDM DS1 circuit emulation channels per OC12 port: 336
Channels/groups Number of OC3 or STM1 channels per card: 8
Number of OC3 or STM1 channels per OC3 or STM1 port: 1
Number of OC3 or STM1 channels per OC12 or STM4 port: 4
Number of DS1 channels per card: 672
Number of E1 channels per card: 504
Number of DS1 channels per OC3 port: 84
Number of DS1 channels per OC12 port: 336
Number of E1 channels per STM1 port: 63
Number of E1 channels per STM4 port: 252
Number of IMA groups per OC3 or STM1 port: 42
Number of IMA groups per OC12 or STM4 port: 168
Number of DS1/E1 links per IMA group: 8

(1 of 3)

158
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
Traffic management All ATM Forum Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1 service categories
support
Per-VC queuing and traffic shaping
Cell-queuing capacity of 3 million cells shared between ingress and egress directions
Algorithms for strict priority and weighted fair-queuing arbitration to ensure fairness
and QoS
Congestion control, including EPD, PPD, and CLP-1 discard
High-priority service for turn-around backpressure cells, loopback cells, and inserted
cells (both control and diagnostic)
EFCI marking
Fixed and variable mode shaping
VPA shaping (on OC3 or STM1 channels only)
Ingress policing with CLP-1 discard, CLP-0 tagging (which does not apply to UBR),
and CLP transparency
The following are not supported: VS/VD for ABR and ER marking for ABR
Support for hitless modification of active PVC connections, with the exception of:
• decreasing the MBS parameter (which can be changed but will incur a data hit)
• an ESC endpoint with a UBR or nrt-VBR service category; changing the MIR or
the SIR parameter in the egress direction relative to the ESC port to or from a
value of 0 will incur a data hit
• a CDVT parameter
Circuit emulation services Support for unstructured DS1 CE
Performance parameter TCAs
support
Statistics ATM layer
Congestion
VPA
IMA
Physical
Fabric error
PVC billing
Diagnostics support OAM alarm surveillance (1)

OAM connectivity verification (2)


Redundancy support Line card redundancy
1+1 Linear APS (port redundancy)
1+1 G.841 Annex B bidirectional protection (for IP/MPLS-based transport networks
using the 7750 SR and 7705 SAR) (3)
I/O card support One 8-port OC3/STM1
One 8-port STM1 Electrical MR48
One 4-port OC12/STM4 channelized (ports 1 and 2 only)

(2 of 3)

159
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
Other supported features Hot-insertable
Non-service-affecting software upgrade
Loopbacks
A connected I/O port can be a source of node timing
IMA groups

(3 of 3)
Notes
1. OAM alarm surveillance is not supported on unstructured DS1 CE channels.
2. OAM connectivity verification egress cell tests are not supported on unstructured DS1 CE channels.
3. 1+1 G.841 Annex B bidirectional protection is supported in a future release planned for 2008.

Table 40: MR48 line card features

Feature Description
Endpoints Maximum endpoints per card: 93 000
Traffic management All ATM Forum Traffic Management Specification Version 4.1 service categories
support
Per-VC queuing, per-VC system profiling, and traffic shaping
Cell-queuing capacity of 4 million cells shared between ingress and egress directions
Algorithms for strict priority and weighted fair-queuing arbitration to ensure fairness
and QoS
Congestion control, including EPD, PPD, and CLP-1 discard
High-priority service for turn-around backpressure cells, loopback cells, and inserted
cells (both control and diagnostic)
EFCI marking
Fixed and variable mode shaping
VPA shaping
Ingress policing with CLP-1 discard, CLP-0 tagging (which does not apply to UBR),
and CLP transparency
The following are not supported: VS/VD for ABR and ER marking for ABR
Support for hitless modification of active PVC connections, with the exception of:
• decreasing the MBS parameter (which can be changed but will incur a data hit)
• an MR48 endpoint with a UBR or nrt-VBR service category; changing the MIR or
the SIR parameter in the egress direction relative to the MR48 port to or from a
value of 0 will incur a data hit

(1 of 3)

160
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
IP characteristics Support for IPv4 and IPv6
450 000 routes
Wirespeed forwarding
MPLS support, as both a core and edge LSR
CR-LDP signaling protocol support
BGP/MPLS VPN support
2000 interfaces (standard mode)
16 000 interfaces (scaled mode)
PPP over ATM
Access lists for packet filtering and MFC
Source-based forwarding
Reverse path filtering
Egress DSCP remarking
Ingress DSCP remarking (per card) and egress DSCP remarking (per Layer 3
interface)
ARP support for IP and MAC address mapping
RBE interface support
SRRP (interface protection) for interfaces that are members of an RBE interface group
DHCP relay
IP interface groups
IP multicast
CSPF
Performance parameter TCAs
support
Statistics ATM layer
IP/MPLS
Congestion (Including Layer 3 congestion statistics)
VPA
Physical
Fabric error
PPP
PVC and SPVC billing

(2 of 3)

161
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
Diagnostics support OAM connectivity verification, including round-trip delay
OAM alarm surveillance
OAM continuity checking
OAM performance monitoring
MPLS LSP ping and traceroute and pseudowire VCCV
Redundancy support 1+1 Linear APS (port redundancy)
1+1 G.841 Annex B bidirectional protection (for IP/MPLS-based transport networks
using the 7750 SR and 7705 SAR) (1)
I/O card support One 1-port OC48/STM16 Channelized
One 4-port OC12/STM4 Channelized
Two 8-port OC3/STM1
Other supported features Hot-insertable
Non-service-affecting software upgrade
Loopbacks
A connected I/O port can be a source of node timing
Monitor TAC support
Trunk-side ATM pseudowires
A port receiver can be disabled (which avoids synchronization problems with
equipment without a transmit port)

(3 of 3)
Note
1. 1+1 G.841 Annex B bidirectional protection is supported in a future release planned for
2008.

Table 41: Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card features

Feature Description
Endpoints Maximum endpoints per port: 64 512 (1)

Maximum endpoints per 4-port group: 64 512 (1)

Maximum endpoints per card: 258 048 (1)

(1 of 3)

162
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
Traffic management support All ATM Forum Traffic Management Specification Version 4.0 service
categories
Point-to-point ABR including VS/VD and ER marking
Per-connection queuing
Weighted fair queuing
VP and VC shaping
Congestion control including EPD, PPD, and CLP-1 discard
Eight QoS classes
Intelligent packet discard
Ingress and egress shaping including static or variable mode shaping
Support for hitless modification of active PVC connections, with the
exception of the MCR parameter (which can be changed but will incur
a data hit)
IP characteristics 224 CTSIs
Performance parameter support TCAs
Statistics ATM port
Physical port
ATM endpoint connections
Switching fabric errors
Congestion
OAM support Connectivity verification, including round-trip delay
Alarm surveillance
Continuity checking
Performance monitoring
Redundancy support 1+1 Linear APS (port redundancy) (2)
1+1 G.841 Annex B bidirectional protection (for IP/MPLS-based
transport networks using the 7750 SR and 7705 SAR) (3)
You can mix types of I/O cards
For example, an OC3c/STM1 IR card can protect an OC3c/STM1 SR
I/O card
I/O card support You can mix I/O cards
For example, an OC3c/STM1 I/O card and an OC12c/STM4 I/O
card will work with one Multi-Rate 16 ATM line card

(2 of 3)

163
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
Other supported features Hot-insertable
Each port on the connected I/O card can be a source of timing for the
node (on the control shelf only) (4)
Non-service-affecting software upgrade
Monitor TAC support
Soft recovery mechanism whereby a line card attempts to perform a soft
reset in response to an unrecoverable software failure—before this
mechanism was introduced, a line card would perform a hard reset in
response to an unrecoverable software failure
The introduction of this functionality should greatly reduce the impact of
such failures
Soft recovery is supported on the card if the card’s current configuration
supports soft reset
IGMP proxy

(3 of 3)
Notes
1. VCIs 3 and 4 are reserved for OAM and cannot be configured as connections. The maximum
number of connections decreases depending on the number of VPs.
2. 1+1 Linear APS (port redundancy) is not supported on the DS3 I/O card.
3. 1+1 G.841 Annex B bidirectional protection is supported in future release planned for
2008.
4. Ports on the DS3 I/O card cannot be used as a source of timing for the node.

Table 42: Gigabit Ethernet line card features

Feature Description
Endpoints Maximum endpoints per port: 3777
Maximum endpoints per card: 3777
Layer 2 ATM endpoints: up to 964
Maximum basic VLAN endpoints per port: 4094
Traffic management support Strict priority and weighted fair queuing
Congestion control including RED
Eight CoS classes
8-QoS port interface
3-QoS and 1-QoS VLANs

(1 of 2)

164
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
IP characteristics Support for IPv4 and IPv6
250 000 routes
Wirespeed forwarding
MPLS support, as both a core and an edge LSR
BGP/MPLS VPN support
Ethernet RFC 894 encapsulation support
ARP support for IP and MAC address mapping
One to 961 Layer 3 interfaces per port
DSCP remarking
DHCP relay
Access lists for packet filtering and MFC
Source-based forwarding
Reverse path filtering
IP multicast
Performance parameter support Congestion and fabric error statistic TCAs
Statistics Port MAC layer
Switching fabric errors
IP
Congestion (including Layer 3 congestion statistics)
Per LSP
VLAN
Diagnostics support ATM OAM support—CV responses and AIS/RDI for
ATM VC-to-Gigabit Ethernet interface connections
MPLS LSP ping and traceroute and pseudowire VCCV
I/O card support Two 2-port Gigabit Ethernet I/O cards
Other supported features Hot-insertable
Non-service-affecting software upgrade
Non-service-affecting network processor firmware
upgrade
Loopbacks
Auto-negotiation
Link aggregation groups and LACP
Subscriber address support, including E.164
addressing, using Gigabit Ethernet trunk groups for
SPVCs that terminate on Gigabit Ethernet port
interfaces or VLAN interfaces

(2 of 2)

165
B. 7670 RSP component features

Table 43: Multi-Rate 16 POS line card features

Feature Description
Endpoints Maximum P-LSP endpoints per port: 3777
Maximum endpoints per card: 3777
Traffic management support Strict priority and weighted fair queuing
Congestion control including RED
Eight CoS classes for IP
Ingress policing
Buffer partitioning
IP characteristics 250 000 routes
Wirespeed forwarding
MPLS support, as both a core and edge LSR
BGP/MPLS VPN support
One interface per port
Access lists for packet filtering and MFC
Reverse path filtering
DSCP remarking
IP multicast
CSPF
Performance parameter support TCAs
Diagnostics support MPLS LSP ping and traceroute and pseudowire VCCV
Statistics SONET port
Physical port
Physical layer SONET port
HDLC port
Congestion (including Layer 3 congestion statistics)
Switching fabric errors
IP
PPP
Per LSP
Redundancy support 1+1 Linear APS (port redundancy)
You can mix types of I/O cards
For example, an OC48/STM16 IR card can protect an OC48/STM16
SR I/O card
I/O card support Supports the OC48/STM16 SR and IR I/O cards

(1 of 2)

166
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
Other supported features Hot-insertable
The port on the connected I/O card can be a source of timing for the
node
Non-service-affecting software upgrade
Non-service-affecting network processor firmware upgrade

(2 of 2)

Table 44: Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card features

Feature Description
Endpoints Maximum endpoints per port: 32 256 (1)

Maximum endpoints per card: 64 512 (1)


Traffic management All ATM Forum Traffic Management Specification Version 4.0 service categories
support
Point-to-point ABR including VS/VD and ER marking
Per-connection queuing
Weighted fair queuing
VP and VC shaping
Congestion control including EPD, PPD, and CLP-1 discard
Eight QoS classes for ATM
Eight CoS classes for IP
Intelligent packet discard
Ingress and egress shaping including static or variable mode shaping
Policing
UNI and NNI interfaces
Support for hitless modification of active PVC connections, with the exception of the
MCR parameter (which can be changed but will incur a data hit)
IP characteristics 250 000 routes
Wirespeed routing
MPLS support, as both a core and edge LSR
CR-LDP signaling protocol support
BGP/MPLS VPN support
DHCP relay support
1000 interfaces
Access lists for packet filtering
Reverse path filtering
DSCP remarking
CSPF

(1 of 2)

167
B. 7670 RSP component features

Feature Description
Performance parameter TCAs
support
Statistics ATM port
Physical port
ATM endpoint connections
Switching fabric errors
IP statistics
Per LSP
Congestion statistics
Diagnostics support OAM connectivity verification, including round-trip delay
OAM alarm surveillance
OAM continuity checking
OAM performance monitoring
MPLS LSP ping and traceroute and pseudowire VCCV
Redundancy support 1+1 Linear APS (port redundancy)
You can mix types of I/O cards
For example, an OC3c/STM1 IR card can protect an OC3c/STM1 SR I/O card
I/O card support You can mix I/O cards
For example, an OC3c/STM1 I/O card and an OC12c/STM4 I/O card will work
with one Multi-Rate 8 ATM/IP line card
Other supported features Hot-insertable
Each port on the connected I/O card can be a source of timing for the node (on the
control shelf only)
Non-service-affecting software upgrade
Monitor TAC support
Soft recovery mechanism whereby a line card attempts to perform a soft reset in
response to an unrecoverable software failure—before this mechanism was
introduced, a line card would perform a hard reset in response to an unrecoverable
software failure
The introduction of this functionality should greatly reduce the impact of such failures
Soft recovery is supported on the card if IP services are not configured on the card
and if the card’s current configuration supports soft reset

(2 of 2)
Notes
1. VCIs 3 and 4 are reserved for OAM and cannot be configured as connections. The maximum
number of connections decreases depending on the number of VPs.

168
B. 7670 RSP component features

Table 45: OC48c/STM16 SONET/SDH ATM line card features

Feature Description
Endpoints Maximum endpoints per port: 130 024 (1)

Maximum endpoints per card: 130 024 (1)


Traffic management support All ATM Forum Traffic Management Specification Version 4.0 service
categories
Class-based queuing
Strict priority scheduling
Congestion control including EPD and PPD
Support for hitless modification of active PVC connections
IP characteristics 224 CTSIs
Performance parameter support TCAs
Statistics ATM port
Physical port
ATM endpoint connections
Switching fabric errors
Congestion
OAM support Connectivity verification
Alarm surveillance
Redundancy support 1+1 Linear APS (port redundancy)
I/O card support One 1-port OC48c/STM16 ATM I/O card
Other supported features Hot-insertable
Connected I/O card can be a source of timing for the node (on the control
shelf only)
Non-service-affecting software upgrade
Monitor TAC support
Soft recovery mechanism whereby a line card attempts to perform a soft
reset in response to an unrecoverable software failure—before this
mechanism was introduced, a line card would perform a hard reset in
response to an unrecoverable software failure
The introduction of this functionality should greatly reduce the impact of
such failures
Soft recovery is supported on the card if the card’s current configuration
supports soft reset

Note
1. VCIs 3 and 4 are reserved for OAM and cannot be configured as connections. The maximum
number of connections decreases depending on the number of VPs.

169
B. 7670 RSP component features

Table 46: Optical I/O and line card compatibility

Card type Multi-Rate Multi-Rate Multi-Rate MR48 OC48c/STM1 Gigabit ESC


8 ATM/IP 16 ATM 16 POS line 6 SONET/SDH Ethernet line
line card line card line card card ATM line card line card
card
Optica 4-port ✓
l I/O OC3c/STM1
cards
8-port ✓
OC3c/STM1
8-port ✓ ✓ (1)
OC3/STM1
1-port ✓
OC12c/STM4
2-port ✓
OC12c/STM4
4-port ✓ (2) ✓ (1)
OC12/STM4 (3)
Channelized
1-port ✓ (4) ✓ 5)
OC48c/STM1
6 ATM
1-port ✓ (6)
OC48/STM1
6 Channelized
2-port Gigabit ✓
Ethernet

Notes
1. Only one I/O card can be installed behind the ESC and must be installed in I/O slot 1. The
card can be physically placed in I/O slot 2, but you cannot configure the card in that slot.
2. The OC12/STM4 Channelized I/O card must be installed in I/O slot 1 only. The I/O card
can be physically placed in I/O slot 2, but you cannot configure the card in that slot.
3. Two of the four OC12/STM4 ports are available for use with the ESC.
4. Only one I/O card can be installed behind the Multi-Rate 16 POS line card; it must be
installed in the bottom slot.
5. Only one I/O card can be installed behind the OC48c/STM16 SONET/SDH ATM line
card; it must be installed in the bottom slot.
6. The OC48/STM16 Channelized I/O card must be installed in I/O slot 1 only. The I/O card
can be physically placed in I/O slot 2, but you cannot configure the card in that slot.

170
B. 7670 RSP component features

Table 47: Electrical I/O and line card compatibility

Card type Multi-Rate Multi-Rate Multi-Rate MR48 OC48c/STM1 Gigabit ESC


8 ATM/IP 16 ATM 16 POS line 6 SONET/SDH Ethernet line
line card line card line card card ATM line card line card card
Electric 4-port ✓
al I/O STM1
cards Electrical
8-port ✓
STM1
Electrical
8-port ✓ ✓
STM1
Electrical
MR48
8-port DS3 ✓

171
B. 7670 RSP component features

172
Glossary

2G
second generation wireless telephone technology

The main difference from previous mobile telephones, retroactively dubbed


1G, is that 1G networks process analog data but 2G networks are digital. This
allows a considerable improvement in voice quality, as digital information is not
subject to distortions in the same way as analog information, and also increased
capacity as calls can be multiplexed more efficiently. 2G networks cannot
normally transfer data, such as e-mail or software, other than the digital voice
call itself and other basic ancillary data such as time and date.

2.5G
second and a half generation wireless telephone technology

2.5G is a stepping stone between 2G and 3G cellular wireless technologies. The


term "second and a half generation" is used to describe 2G systems that have
implemented a packet switched domain in addition to the circuit switched
domain. Commonly referred to as GPRS.

3G
third-generation mobile telephone technology

The services associated with 3G provide the ability to transfer both voice data
(a telephone call) and non-voice data (such as downloading information,
exchanging e-mail, and instant messaging). There are three standards: UMTS
(universal mobile telephone system) based on W-CDMA technology,
CDMA2000 based on 2G CDMA technology, and TD-SCDMA (time division
synchronous code division multiple access) based on spread spectrum CDMA
technology.

3TDES
triple data encryption standard

173
Glossary

A strengthened version of the data encryption standard that is documented in RFC


1851. Also known as triple DES, this standard is based on the existing DES, but has a
key three times as long.

See also DES.

5620 NM
Alcatel-Lucent 5620 Network Manager

6PE
IPV6 provider edge router

6PE is one method of providing an IPv6 migration over MPLS. This approach allows
the deployment of IPv6 over an existing MPLS network with no upgrades to the core
infrastructure and minimal operation costs.

6VPE
IPv6 virtual private network provider edge router

6VPE is a provider edge router that provides an IPv6 interface from an IPv6-capable
site to a service provider backbone network. The 6VPE router maintains separate
IPv6 VRFs for each VPN.

7470 MSP
Alcatel-Lucent 7470 Multiservice Platform

AAL
ATM adaptation layer

The AAL is the layer of the ATM Reference Model that is divided into the
Convergence Sublayer and the Segmentation and Reassembly Sublayer. The AAL
converts user data traffic to and from ATM cells. On the originating side of the
connection, the AAL segments the user data traffic into the size and format of ATM
cells. On the terminating side of the connection, the AAL reassembles the user data
into its original format.

There are four different types of AALs. The AAL types are differentiated according
to the source-destination timing (delay-tolerant or delay-intolerant), the bit rate
(CBR or VBR), and the data transfer mode (connections-oriented or connectionless)
of the user data traffic that each converts. At present, the four types of AAL
recommended by the ITU-T are AAL-1, AAL-2, AAL-3/4, and AAL-5.

AAL connection
An AAL connection is an association established by the AAL between two or more
next higher layer entities.

AAL-1
ATM adaptation layer type 1

174
Glossary

AAL-1 supports the conversion of delay-intolerant, CBR, connection-oriented traffic


such as uncompressed, digitized voice and video.

AAL-2
ATM adaptation layer type 2

AAL-2 supports the conversion of VBR, delay-intolerant, connection-oriented traffic


such as compressed voice and video. This traffic requires precise timing between the
source and destination. AAL-2 is undefined by the International Standards bodies.

AAL-3/4
ATM adaptation layer type 3/4

AAL-3/4 supports the conversion of VBR, delay-tolerant data traffic such as X.25,
packet, and frame relay traffic. This traffic requires some sequencing or error
detection support. Two separate AAL types, AAL-3 and AAL-4, were combined to
support both connection-oriented and connectionless traffic.

AAL-5
ATM adaptation layer type 5

AAL-5 is a simplified version of AAL-3/4. It provides support for point-to-point and


point-to-multipoint (ATM layer) connections. AAL-5 is used to carry data traffic such
as TCP/IP. This application is the most widely deployed adaptation layer.

ABR
available bit rate

ABR is a class of service in which the ATM network makes the “best effort” to meet
traffic bit rate requirements.

ACL
access control list

ACLs contain user-defined rules for IP packet filtering, IP route filtering, or MFC.

ACO
alarm cutoff

ACO allows the audible alarms to be extinguished without affecting the visual alarms.
The audible alarms can be toggled as enabled or disabled.

ADSL
asymmetrical digital subscriber line

ADSL is a digital telecommunications protocol designed for an upstream data flow


(client-to-server) that is a fraction of the downstream data flow (server-to-client).
The upstream data flow is measured in kilobits while the downstream data flow is
measured in megabits.

175
Glossary

ADSL uses existing twisted pair telephone lines to deliver access to video on demand
and the World Wide Web, where the bulk of the data is sent from the server to the
client.

AES
advanced encryption standard

A block cryptographic algorithm (based on the Rijndael algorithm) that uses a


multiple-size symmetric key (128, 192, or 256 bit). AES is a next-generation cipher
that is meant to replace the older DES algorithm.

See also DES.

AESA
ATM end system address

The AESA is a 20-byte ATM address that identifies one or more ATM endpoints for
SVCs.

AF
assured forwarding

AF is an IP forwarding behavior that minimizes long-term local congestion events,


while allowing short-term burst traffic. It offers a high level of assurance that each
packet will be delivered as long as the traffic conforms to a given service profile.

AINI
ATM Inter-Network Interface

The AINI acts as a gateway protocol between PNNI and SS7 or B-ISUP networks, and
between PNNI networks. AINI is a combination of B-ISUP routing and PNNI signaling.

AIS
alarm indication signal

The alarm indication signal is a code sent downstream in a digital network to indicate
that a traffic-related defect has been detected. It is also known as an RAI or yellow
alarm.

ALCAP
access link control application protocol

ALCAP is a control plane protocol for the transport layer. Basic functionality of
ALCAP is multiplexing of different users onto one AAL2 transmission path using
channel IDs (CIDs).

ANSI
American National Standards Institute

176
Glossary

ANSI is a nonprofit organization that develops and publishes standards and


represents the U.S. in some international standards groups.

APS
automatic protection switching

APS is a mechanism for providing line and equipment protection for SONET
interfaces.

ARP
address resolution protocol

AS
autonomous system

ATM
asynchronous transfer mode

ATM is a high-speed switching and transmission technology. ATM is a high


bandwidth, low-delay, packet-like switching and multiplexing technique. Usable
capacity is segmented into 53-byte, fixed-size cells, consisting of header and
information fields, allocated to services on demand.

ATM Forum
The ATM Forum is an international nonprofit organization formed to advance the use
of ATM products and services by standardizing interoperability specifications. In
addition, the Forum promotes industry cooperation and awareness.

Bellcore
Bell Communications Research Inc.

See Telcordia.

B-ICI
broadband inter-carrier interface

B-ISUP
inter-nodal broadband signaling protocol

B-ISUP is defined by the ITU-T. Its purpose is to establish, maintain and release ATM
connections in a public network through the use of signaling messages.

BGP
border gateway protocol

177
Glossary

An internet routing protocol used to pass routing information between different


administrative routing domains. The BGP routing protocol does not pass explicit
topology information; it passes a summary of reachability between administrative
routing domains. BGP is most commonly deployed as an interautonomous system
routing protocol.

BITS
building integrated timing source

A BITS is a clock that supplies DS1 or composite clock timing reference to all other
clocks in a building.

Blowfish
A block cryptographic algorithm that uses a variable-size symmetric key.

BNC
Bayonet-Neill-Concelman

A BNC connector connects a 10BASE-2 coaxial cable to a transceiver.

BOOTP
BOOTstrap Protocol

BOOTP is an Internet protocol that enables a workstation or network device to


discover its own IP address, the IP address of a BOOTP server on the network, and a
file to be loaded into memory to boot the machine. This enables the workstation to
boot without requiring a hard or floppy disk drive. The protocol is defined by
RFC 951.

BRAS
broadband remote access server

A termination device (commonly called an aggregation router) that terminates PPP


over ATM connections.

BSC
base station controller

The BSC handles the allocation of radio channels, receives measurements from the
mobile phones, and controls the handovers from base transceiver station to base
transceiver station. A key function of the BSC is to act as a concentrator where many
different low-capacity connections to BTSs (with relatively low utilization) become
reduced to a smaller number of connections towards the MSC (with a high level of
utilization).

BSS
base station subsystem

178
Glossary

BSS is the part of a GSM network which is responsible for handling traffic and
signaling between a mobile phone and the Network Switching Subsystem (NSS). The
BSS carries out transcoding of speech channels, allocation of radio channels to mobile
phones, paging, quality management of transmission and reception over the air
interface and many other tasks related to the radio network. BSS includes BTS and
BSC elements.

BTS
base transceiver station

BTS is the equipment which facilitates the wireless communication between Mobile
Stations (handsets) and the network. Typically a BTS has transceivers which allow it
to serve several different frequencies and different sectors of the cell (in the case of
sectorised base stations). A BTS is controlled and managed by a parent BSC via the
Base Station Control Function (BCF). The BCF is implemented as a discrete unit or
even incorporated in a TRX in compact base stations.

CAC
connection admission control

CAC is the function of an ATM network that determines the acceptability of a virtual
circuit connection request and determines the connection route through the
network.

CAPEX
capital expenditure

CBC
cipher block chaining

A method that enables block cryptographic algorithms to encrypt data that is larger
than the algorithm’s required block size. The data is broken down into the
cipher-specified block size, then encrypted. The encryption of each block depends on
the previously encrypted block.

CBR
constant bit rate

CBR is an ATM class of service for delay-sensitive applications such as video and voice
that must be digitized and represented by a constant bit stream. CBR traffic requires
guaranteed levels of service and throughput.

CC2G
Control Card Second Generation

The CC2G card provides local and remote control of the 7670 RSP system. It is the
second-generation control card for the 7670 RSP, introduced in Release 3.0. As of
Release 7.1, the CC2G card is the only control card supported by the 7670 RSP.

179
Glossary

CDMA
code division multiple access

CDMA is a form of multiplexing scheme and a method of multiple access that encodes
data with a special code and uses the constructive interference properties of the
special code to perform the multiplexing. CDMA also refers to digital cellular
telephony systems that make use of this multiple access scheme, such as those
pioneered by Qualcomm, and W-CDMA by the ITU.

CDV
cell delay variation

CDV is a measure of cell clumping, or how much more closely cells are spaced than
the nominal interval.

CDVT
cell delay variation tolerance

The CDVT is the upper limit of allowable cell delay variation. When cells from two or
more ATM connections are multiplexed, cells of an ATM connection may be delayed
while cells of another ATM connection are inserted at the output of the multiplexer.
Consequently, some randomness may affect the inter-arrival time between
consecutive cells of a connection as monitored at the UNI.

CE device
customer edge device

A CE device connects a customer network to a provider network.

CIC
control interconnect card

The CIC provides an external interface for managing the active control card. The CIC
is the part of a CCS signaling message used to identify the circuit being established
between two signaling points.

CIDR
classless interdomain routing

An internet routing paradigm that passes both the network prefix and a mask of
significant bits in the prefix within the routing exchange. CIDR is commonly used to
denote an internet environment in which there is no assumption of Class A, B, or C
network addresses. BGP-4 is currently used to provide CIDR support.

CHAP
Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol

CHAP is a type of access authentication.

180
Glossary

circuit emulation
Circuit emulation allows the connection of TDM circuits to ATM networks so that
TDM traffic can be routed over ATM networks.

CLI
command line interface

The CLI is an interface that allows the user to interact with the operating system by
typing alphanumeric commands and optional parameters at a command prompt.
UNIX and DOS provide CLIs.

CLP
cell loss priority

The CLP bit is a single-priority bit in the ATM cell header that indicates whether the
cell may be discarded if necessary. Lower-priority cells (CLP=1) can be discarded if
there is congestion.

CLR
cell loss ratio

CMIP
common management information protocol

CMIP is an ITU-T standard for message formats and procedures that exchange
management information used to operate, administer, maintain, and provision a
network. CMIP services the CMIS.

CMIS
common management information services

CMIS is the ISO-standard, service-level definition for operation with CMIP. It layers
the CMIP management exchange protocol on top of the TCP/IP stack.

CoS
class of service

A categorical method of dividing traffic into separate classes to provide differentiated


service to each class within the network.

CPE
customer premises equipment

CPE is the system or devices located at the customer site.

CPSS
control packet switching system

181
Glossary

CPSS is the proprietary network protocol for communication between Alcatel-Lucent


equipment. Similar to X.25, CPSS is a packet-switched system used to transfer
configuration and status information between nodes.

CPU
central processing unit

The CPU is the part of a computer that performs the logic, computational, and
decision-making functions. The CPU is typically a single computer chip.

CR
cell relay

CR-LDP
constraint-based routing label distribution protocol

A signaling protocol used for MPLS path setup and teardown.

CSA
Canadian Standards Association

The CSA is the nonprofit Canadian agency that certifies electrical and electronic
products that conform to Canadian national safety standards.

CSL
control services link

A CSL is a link that provides control communications between the shelves in a


7670 RSP multishelf system.

CSPF
constrained shortest path first

CSPF is an algorithm that allows you to configure constraints on the routing of an


S-LSP.

CTD
cell transfer delay

CTD is an ATM performance parameter that specifies the average transit delay of
cells between a source and a destination over a virtual circuit.

CTSI
control terminated service interface

CUG
closed user group

The term CUG is obsolete today, but it was used (as in X.25) to describe VPN
functionality.

182
Glossary

CV
coding violation

DACS
digital access carrier system

DACS are used for getting two analog phone lines down one physical copper pair.

DBR
domain-based rerouting

DBR is a rerouting mechanism that replaces a connection segment within a rerouting


domain between a source node and a destination node.

DCS
digital cross-connect system

A network element that is used to arrange lower-level digital signals among


higher-level digital bit streams; for example, DS1s among DS3s.

DDoS
distributed denial of service

One of the most common form of attacks consisting of attempts to "flood" a network
with bogus packets, thereby preventing legitimate network traffic. Often it is
conducted by disrupting network connectivity with the use of multiple hosts.

DES
data encryption standard

An unclassified U.S.-government sanctioned encryption and decryption technology


using 56-bit encryption (with 8-bit error detection).

DFIC
dual fabric interface card

A DFIC is a system card that provides two HISL terminations for a Peripheral shelf,
which provides data-path connectivity to a Switching shelf. The DFIC is used in a
multishelf configuration of the 7670 RSP.

DHCP
dynamic host configuration protocol

DHCP is an Internet protocol for automating the configuration of computers that use
TCP/IP. DHCP can be used to automatically assign IP addresses, to deliver TCP/IP
stack configuration parameters such as the subnet mask and default router, and to
provide other configuration information such as the addresses for printer, time, and
news servers.

183
Glossary

Diffserv
differentiated services

Diffserv describes the current QoS model in IP.

See also DS, DSCP

DLC
data link connection

A DLC represents a segment of a PVC. The connection can be between an end-user


device and a network device or between two network devices.

DLCI
data link connection identifier

A DLCI identifies a DLC. DLCIs must be unique on a given frame stream, but not
across the network. All frames that have the same DLCI and that are carried in the
same frame stream are associated with the same logical connection

DoD
downstream on demand

A label advertisement mode in which an LSR requests a label for a particular FEC
from its peer downstream node. In response to the request, the downstream LSR
sends the FEC-label binding to the upstream node, which then forwards the packet.

DoS
denial of service attack

A DoS attack is an attack on a computer system or network that causes a loss of


service to users, typically the loss of network connectivity and services by consuming
the bandwidth of the victim network or overloading the computational resources of
the victim system.

DP
drop precedence

Attribute of a packet that affects the probability of dropping the packet within a CoS.
DP is usually indicated as a color. Green indicates a low drop probability; packets are
dropped only if a queue overflows. Yellow indicates a medium drop probability, and
Red indicates a higher drop probability.

DR
designated router

A single PIM router on a LAN that acts on behalf of directly connected hosts with
respect to the PIM protocol. One DR is assigned per interface using an election
process.

184
Glossary

DS
differentiated services

DS is a method for providing differentiated CoS for Internet traffic. DS supports


various types of IP applications.

See also DSCP, Diffserv

DS0
digital signal level 0

DS0 is a worldwide standard for PCM digitized voice. It operates at 64 kb/s.

DS1
digital signal, level 1

DS1 is created by multiplexing 24 DS0 channels for a combined bandwidth of


1.544 Mb/s. It is also called T1.

DS3
digital signal, level 3

DS3 is created by multiplexing 28 T1 channels for a combined bandwidth of


44.736 Mb/s. It is also called T3.

DSA
digital signature algorithms

United States federal government standard for digital signatures.

DSCP
differentiated services code point

DSCP is a 6-bit value encoded in the TOS field of an IP packet header. It identifies the
CoS that the packet should receive.

DSL
digital subscriber line

DSL is a single twisted-pair wire that supports full-duplex transmission at a bit rate
of 160 kb/s (144 kb/s for 2B+D data, 12 kb/s for framing and error correction, and
4 kb/s for the embedded operation channel).

DSLAM
digital subscriber line access multiplexer

A DSLAM card converts multiple ADSLs into ATM traffic. For a service management
application, if the service user is connected to the ATM network through a DSLAM
port, network access is provisioned using a DSLAM attachment type.

185
Glossary

DU
downstream unsolicited

A label advertisement mode in which an LSR distributes its label binding for a
particular FEC to all upstream nodes without receiving a specific request. This is the
label that the downstream node expects the upstream node to apply when forwarding
packets.

E.164
E.164 stands for the ITU-T 164 Recommendation, "The international public
telecommunication numbering plan". It is commonly used as a guideline for
assignment of ATM public network addresses.

E1
E1 is a level-1 digital trunk operating at 2.048 Mb/s that is used outside of Canada, the
United States, and Japan. E1 identifies primary rate (or aggregate bandwidth)
transmissions that conform to ITU-T Recommendations G.703 and G.732. It is made
up of 32 DS0 channels (64 kb/s each). Channel 0 is reserved for framing and alarm
information, and channel 16 is usually reserved for signaling; 30 channels remain to
carry data. E1 is also known as CEPT1.

E3
European digital signal level 3

E3 is the European standard used instead of DS3. E3 is the equivalent of 16 E1s or


four E2s. An E3 operates at 34.368 Mb/s.

EBGP
external border gateway protocol

EBGP is a protocol that uses BGP to connect routers that are in different autonomous
systems.

ECMP
equal cost multipath

A method of distributing traffic to multiple destinations over several equivalent paths.

EFCI
explicit forward congestion indication

EGP
exterior gateway protocol

An internet protocol for exchanging routing information between autonomous


systems.

E-LSP
EXP-inferred per-hop behavior LSP

186
Glossary

An LSP that carries traffic that has only one priority level.

EMC
electromagnetic compatibility

EPD
early packet discard

EPD is a congestion control mechanism for ATM paths that attempts to prevent
delivery of partial packets through the network.

EPS
equipment protection switching

ER
explicit rate

ER is a field in the ABR RM-cell that limits the source transmission rate to a specific
value. It is initially set by the source to a requested rate (such as PCR). It may be
subsequently reduced by any network element in the path to a value that the element
can sustain.

ESC
Edge Services Card

ESS
Ethernet Service Switch

The 7450 ESS enables the delivery of profitable metro Ethernet services and
high-density service-aware Ethernet aggregation over IP/MPLS-based networks.

Ethernet
The Ethernet protocol is a data link layer protocol for interconnecting computer
equipment into CSMA/CD LANs, jointly developed by Xerox, Digital Equipment
Corporation, and Intel. Today, it is loosely referred to as a set of protocols built
around IEEE 802.3.

The Ethernet protocol specifies how data is placed on, and retrieved from, a common
transmission medium. It is used as the underlying transport vehicle by several
upper-level protocols, including TCP/IP and UDP/IP.

ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute

ETSI is the primary telecommunications standards organization in Europe.

EXP bit
EXPerimental

A field in the MPLS packet header.

187
Glossary

FAST
fast activity switch

FAST is a type of fabric activity switch that occurs in 60 ms or less when neither the
active fabric nor the inactive fabric has any faults.

FCC
Federal Communications Commission

The FCC is a regulatory body responsible for network connection approvals and the
management of the radio spectrum in the United States.

FEC
forwarding equivalence class

A group of IP packets that are forwarded over the same path, with the same
forwarding treatment.

FIB
forwarding information base

An internal table containing only the IP routes that are actually being used by a router
to forward IP traffic.

FIC
fabric interface card

A FIC is a system card that provides HISL terminations for a Peripheral shelf, which
provides data-path connectivity to a Switching shelf. The FIC is used in a multishelf
configuration of the 7670 RSP.

FR
See frame relay.

frame relay
Frame relay is a packet-switching protocol similar to X.25 that requires much less
processing and is designed to operate at much higher speeds. Frame relay combines
the high speed and low delay of circuit switching with the port sharing and dynamic
bandwidth-allocation capabilities of X.25 packet switching. Unlike X.25, frame relay
does not require a lot of processing at each node, delegating error correction and flow
control to the attached user devices. Numerous remote LAN terminals can use frame
relay packet switching to share the bandwidth of a single DS0 on a T1 link. Frame
relay offers a low-cost way of handling high-volume, bursty data transmissions.

FRR
fast reroute

188
Glossary

FRR is a mechanism for protecting MPLS LSPs from link and node failures by
deploying traffic engineering (TE) extensions and locally repairing the LSPs at the
point of failure. FRR allows data to continue to flow by rerouting it over backup
tunnels that bypass failed links or nodes.

FTP
file transfer protocol

FTP is the Internet standard client-server protocol for transferring files from one
computer to another. FTP generally runs over TCP or UDP.

See also SFTP.

GGSN
Gateway GPRS Support Node

The GGSN supports the edge routing function of the GPRS network. The GGSN
performs the task of an IP router for external packet data networks.

GMSC
Gateway Mobile Switching Centre

The GMSC provides an edge function within a mobile network. It terminates the
Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) signaling and traffic formats and
converts this to protocols employed in mobile networks. For mobile terminated calls,
it interacts with the Home Location Register (HLR) to obtain routing information.

GPRS
general packet radio service

GPRS is a new non-voice, value-added service that enables data to be sent and
received across a mobile telephone network. It supplements circuit switched data and
short message service. Also referred to as 2.5G.

GUI
graphical user interface

A GUI is a computer-user interface that incorporates graphics to make software


easier to use.

HDLC
high-level data link control

HDLC is an ISO standard for serial data communication. HDLC is composed of a


family of bit-oriented protocols providing frames of information with address, control,
and frame-check sequence fields. It is considered a superset of several other
protocols, such as SDLC, LAP, LAPB, and LAPD. HDLC is defined in ISO 4335.

HISL
high-speed intershelf link

189
Glossary

A HISL is an optical link that provides data-path connectivity between the Switching
shelves and all other shelves in a 7670 RSP multishelf system.

HMAC
hashed message authentication code

A series of nested cryptographic hashing algorithms that are used to protect data
integrity.

HSDPA
high-speed downlink packet access

A mobile telephony data access protocol, also referred to as 3.5G technology. HSDPA
provides a smooth evolutionary path for UMTS-based 3G networks, allowing higher
data transfer speeds (up to 14.4 Mb/s per cell in the downlink and 2 Mb/s per cell in
the uplink). An evolution of the W-CDMA standard, HSDPA achieves the increase in
data transfer speeds by defining a new W-CDMA channel.

HSUPA
high-speed uplink packet access

A data access protocol for mobile phone networks with extremely high upload speeds
(up to 5.76 Mb/s). Unlike HSDPA, which is 3.5G, HSUPA is considered 3.75G.

IAB
Internet architecture board

IANA
Internet assigned numbers authority

Organization operated under the auspices of the ISOC as a part of the IAB. IANA
delegates authority for IP address-space allocation and domain-name assignment to
the InterNIC and other organizations. IANA also maintains a database of assigned
protocol identifiers used in the TCP/IP stack, including autonomous system numbers.

IBGP
internal border gateway protocol

A protocol that uses BGP to connect routers that are in the same autonomous system.

ICMP
internet control message protocol

A network layer protocol that provides feedback on errors and other information
specifically pertinent to IP packet handling.

ICON
intershelf connection

190
Glossary

ICON cards connect the control-path communication infrastructure between the


shelves in a 7670 RSP multishelf system.

IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IETF
Internet Engineering Task Force

The IETF is the organization that provides the coordination of standards and
specification development for TCP/IP networking.

IGMP
Internet group management protocol

IGP
Interior Gateway Protocol

IGP is a generic term referring to any routing protocol, for example, IS-IS or OSPF,
used to exchange reachability within an autonomous system.

IISP
interim inter-switch signaling protocol

IISP uses manual entries for address assignments to route ATM SVC call requests.
This is a precursor to PNNI version 1.

ILMI
integrated link management interface

IMA
inverse multiplexing over ATM

An algorithm that provides modular bandwidth for user access to ATM networks over
multiple links.

iMBGP
internal multiprotocol BGP

IMS
IP multimedia subsystem

The IMS is an IP multimedia and telephony core network that is defined by 3GPP and
3GPP2 standards and organizations based on IETF Internet protocols. IMS also refers
to a standardized reference architecture that extends the NGN concepts, and
consists of session control, connection control and an applications services
framework along with subscriber and services data.

191
Glossary

InterNIC
An organization that serves the Internet community by supplying user assistance,
documentation, training, registration service for Internet domain names, and other
services. Formerly called NIC.

I/O
input/output

IP
Internet protocol

IP is part of the TCP/IP family of protocols that describe the protocol that tracks the
Internet address of nodes, routes outgoing messages, and recognizes messages. IP is
used in gateways to connect networks at OSI network level 3 and higher.

IPv4
Internet protocol version 4

Version of IP for a large part of the Internet traffic.

IPv6
Internet protocol version 6

IPv6 improves on IPv4 in many ways, including a larger, 128-bit address space.

IR
intermediate reach

IR is an optical fiber specification for single-mode, fiber-transmission systems suitable


for distances of up to 15 km (9.3 mi).

IS-IS
intermediate system to intermediate system

IS-IS is an ISO-standard, link-state routing protocol. Integrated IS-IS is an extension


that allows IS-IS to be used for route determination in IP networks.

ISOC
Internet society

ISP
Internet service provider

An ISP is a business that provides access to the Internet.

ITU-T
International Telecommunications Union–Telecommunications

192
Glossary

The ITU-T is an international body of member countries whose task is to define


recommendations and standards relating to the international telecommunications
industry.

Iub
Iub interface

UMTS interface between the Radio Network Controller (RNC) and the Node B.

Iu-PS
Iu–packet switched

UMTS interface which refers to links between the RNC and a 3G Serving GPRS
Support Node (3G SGSN).

LACP
link aggregation control protocol

A communication protocol defined in IEEE 802.3ad used to communicate link


aggregation membership between two nodes. The information relayed through LACP
can be used to dynamically include or exclude links from a link aggregation group.

LAG
link aggregation group

Two links that are treated by a higher layer as a single logical link. A link aggregation
group is the logical equivalent to a single port. Applications that require a Gigabit
Ethernet port can transparently use a link aggregation group.

LAN
local area network

A LAN is a network that operates in a limited geographical area, such as within a


building. It connects a variety of data devices, such as PCs, servers, and printers.
Communication between devices is at a very high rate: between 1 and 100 Mb/s.

LANE
local area network emulation

LAP
link access procedure

The LAP protocols are part of a group of data link layer protocols for framing and
transmitting data across point-to-point links. LAP variants include LAP, LAPB, LAPD,
and Link (LAPM). LAP was the original data link protocol for X.25. It was replaced by
LAPB.

LAPB
link access procedure, balanced

193
Glossary

LAPB is a data link layer in the X.25 protocol stack. LAPB is a bit-oriented protocol
derived from HDLC that ensures that frames are error-free and in the right sequence.
Point to Point Protocol (PPP) from IETF is a variant of LAPB.

LAPD
link access procedure D-channel

LAPD is the protocol used on the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) D
channel. Call setup and other signaling takes place on the D channel. Data
transmissions take place on B channels. LAPD is defined by the ITU-T Q.921.

LAPM
Link Access Procedure for Modems

Layer 2 VPN
Any VPN service that effectively operates at Layer 2 (data link) of the OSI stack.
Layer 2 VPNs connect sites using frame relay, ATM, or Ethernet.

Layer 3 interface
A Layer 3 interface is a logical interface that supports native IP routing and
forwarding as well as signaling.

Layer 3 VPN
Layer 3 VPNs connect sites in a secure and cost-effective manner across the public
telecommunications infrastructure. Layer 3 VPNs are also known as RFC 4364
(formerly known as RFC 2547bis) VPNs, BGP/MPLS VPNs, or IP VPNs.

LC-ATM
Label-Controlled Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM).

An ATM network element can be referred to as an LC-ATM if it can support MPLS


using LDP and ATM VC Switching.

LCR
least cost routing

A feature of a telephone system that automatically connects an outgoing telephone


call with the telephone service that costs the least to that location at that time of day.
Depending on how it is programmed, least cost routing will either drop down to the
second-most efficient service if the first is not available, or it will give the caller a busy
signal.

LDP
label distribution protocol

A specific protocol that distributes labels between label-switched routers in an MPLS


network.

194
Glossary

LDP-DoD
label distribution protocol-downstream on demand

LDP-DU
label distribution protocol-downstream unsolicited

LED
light-emitting diode

An LED is a semiconductor diode that emits light when a current passes through it.
LEDs are located on the cards and shelves of the 7670 RSP to indicate normal
operation and alarm conditions.

LER
label edge router

LL
leased line

Leased lines are permanent telephone connections between endpoints set up by a


telco. Typically, leased lines are used by businesses to connect geographically distant
offices. Unlike normal dial-up connections, leased lines are always active.

L-LSP
label-only-inferred per-hop behavior LSP

An LSP that carries traffic that has one or more priority levels.

LR
long range

LR is an optical-fiber specification for carrier-cable length greater than 40 km


(24.9 mi).

LSA
link state advertisement

A packet-forwarding, link-state routing process to neighbor nodes that includes


information concerning the local node, the link state of attached interfaces, or the
topology of the network. LSAs are generated by link-state routing protocols such as
OSPF and IS-IS.

LSP
label-switched path

LSR
label switch router

195
Glossary

An LSR is an MPLS node that runs MPLS control protocols and is capable of
forwarding packets based on labels. An MPLS node may also be capable of forwarding
native Layer 3 packets.

MAC address
media access control address

a MAC address is a computer’s unique hardware address.

MBS
maximum burst size

MBS is a traffic parameter that specifies the maximum number of cells in a burst that
can be transmitted at the peak rate. In the signaling message, the burst tolerance is
conveyed through the MBS, which is coded as a number of cells.

MC/ML-PPP
multiclass/multilink point-to-point protocol

MC/ML-PPP is a Layer 2 protocol for connection over synchronous or asynchronous


circuits, designed to work with Layer 3 protocols, including IP.

MD5
message digest version 5 algorithm

MD5 is a type of authentication. The MD5 algorithm takes an input message of


arbitrary length and produces a 128-bit message digest of the input.

MFC
multifield classification

A function that allows service providers to assign CoS and DP to IP packets based on
a set of rules in a list.

MIB
management information base

MIR
minimum information rate

MIR is the minimum data transfer rate for a frame relay, VPC, or VCC path.

MMF
multimode fiber

MMF is an optical fiber capable of supporting the propagation of multiple bound


modes through the fiber. The dispersion effects caused by the multiple bound modes
limits the useful length of this type of fiber to less than 2 km (1.2 mi).

196
Glossary

MPLS
multiprotocol label switching

MPLS is a technology in which forwarding decisions are based on fixed-length labels


inserted between the datalink and network layer headers to increase forwarding
performance and path-selection flexibility.

MPLS-TE
MPLS traffic engineering

A term, specific to 7670 RSP, that encompasses the protocols that support the traffic
engineering used to signal the tunnel LSPs, which include RSVP, CR-LDP, or
LDP-DoD.

MSC
mobile switching center

MSC is a sophisticated telephone exchange that provides circuit-switched calling,


mobility management, and global system for mobile communications services to the
mobile phones roaming within the area that it serves.

MSO
multiple service operator

In the cable TV industry, an operator of multiple cable systems.

MTSO
Mobile Telephone Switching Office

The MTSO is the switching office that connects all of the individual cell towers to the
switching equipment. This is a service switching point designed to provide
interconnectivity between a cellular network and other cellular networks and the
PSTN.

MTU
Maximum Transmission Unit

MTU is a size (in bytes) of the largest packet that a given layer of a communications
protocol can pass onwards.

NBAP
Node B Application Part

NBAP is an application layer protocol for used for signaling communication with
Node B.

NCCI
network call correlation identifier

197
Glossary

NCI
network control interface

A proprietary protocol that enables the 5620 NM to communicate with and control
network nodes. It uses CPSS for inter-node messages.

NEBS
Network Equipment Building Standards

Ne-NSC
network element–network service category

NGN
next generation networking

NGN is a broad term for network architectures where a convergence of voice and data
is expected. The main idea behind the NGN concept is full separation of control, data,
management and applications or services.

NNI
NNI is expanded two ways:

network-to-network interface

An NNI is a standard interface between two ATM nodes or two frame relay nodes.

network node interface

NNI is the interface between two ATM network nodes that operate under different
administrative domains, such as a vendor ATM switch and an ATM switch from
another vendor.

NOC
network operations center

A network operations center where administrators supervise, monitor and maintain a


telecommunications network.

nrt-VBR
non-real-time VBR

nrt-VBR supports variable bit rate traffic where sustained and peak traffic volumes
can tolerate variable but predictable transit delays.

NSS
Network Switching Subsystem

A Network Switching Subsystem is the component of a GSM system that carries out
switching functions and manages the communications between mobile phones and
the Public Switched Telephone Network.

198
Glossary

NSSA
not-so-stubby area

An OSPF area type in which OSPF propagates any external routes that it learns about
from within the autonomous system.

OAM
operations, administration, and maintenance

OAM functions consist of network maintenance features such as connectivity


verification, alarm surveillance, continuity checking, and performance monitoring.

OCn
optical carrier n

OCn is the fundamental unit used in SONET hierarchy. OC indicates an optical signal
and n represents increments of 51.84 Mb/s. OC3 has an optical rate of
155 Mb/s, OC12 has an optical rate of 622 Mb/s, and OC48 has an optical rate of
2.488 Gb/s.

OPEX
operational expenditure

OSI
open systems interconnection or interface

OSI is a framework of ISO standards for communication between different systems.


Areas covered include systems management, and directory and transaction
processing.

OSPF
open shortest path first

OSPF is an IETF standard link-state routing protocol used for route determination in
IP networks.

OSS
operations support system

OSS comprises methods and procedures that directly support the daily operation of
the telecommunications infrastructure.

P router
provider router

A P router is a router in a provider network that does not attach to a CE device.

PBR
policy-based routing

199
Glossary

Policy-based routing gives network administrators control over the way connections
are routed across a PNNI routing domain, based on network-specific criteria and
resource utilization strategies.

PCM
pulse code modulation

In telecommunications, PCM means an 8-bit digital representation of an analog signal


that has been compressed by either the A-law or Mu-law companding scheme.

PDU
protocol data unit

PE router
provider edge router

A PE router is a router in a provider network that attaches to a CE device.

PHB
per-hop behavior

PIC
Peripheral Interconnect card

The PIC is a system card for a multishelf system. The PIC provides a CSL interface
port for the Peripheral Shelf Controller card in a Peripheral shelf.

PIM
protocol independent multicast

A multicast routing protocol that uses information in the unicast routing table to
perform multicast routing.

PIM-SM
protocol independent multicast - sparse mode

A multicast routing protocol that is designed to provide efficient routing to multicast


groups that may be sparsely distributed over wide-area networks. Multicast traffic is
forwarded only to networks containing hosts that have explicitly requested the data.

PIM-SSM
protocol independent multicast – source specific mode

PIM-SSM is a derivation of PIM-SM that supports traffic from a single source to many
receiving hosts. PIM-SSM uses the same join/prune procedure as PIM-SM, but does
not need the RP-based, shared-tree infrastructure required by PIM-SM.

PIR
peak information rate

200
Glossary

PIR is the peak data transfer rate for a frame relay, VPC, or VCC path.

P-LSP
permanent label-switched path

A permanent MPLS path with a specified CoS and bandwidth connecting two
specified interfaces.

PNNI
private network node interface

PNNI is a routing protocol used between private cell relay switches.

POP
point of presence

An access point to the Internet. Service providers usually have multiple POPs. A POP
is a physical location, either part of the facilities of a telecommunications provider
that the ISP rents, or a separate location from the telecommunications provider, that
houses servers, routers, ATM switches, and digital/analog call aggregators.

PoS
point of service

POS
packet over SONET

POS is a standard method of transporting Layer 3 packets directly on SONET


interfaces using HDLC-like framing and simple link protocols like PPP. POS
essentially bypasses Layer 2 processing by transporting Layer 3 packets, with little
modification, directly on the physical layer.

POTS
plain old telephone service

POTS refers to traditional telephone services with an analog bandwidth of less than
4 kHz. POTS is sometimes expanded as “plain old telephone system”.

See also PSTN.

PPD
partial packet discard

PPD is a congestion-control mechanism that discards remaining cells belonging to a


partially discarded AAL PDU packet.

PPP
point-to-point protocol

201
Glossary

PPP is an IETF standard protocol that allows a computer to use TCP/IP with a
standard telephone line and a high-speed modem to establish a link between two (and
only two) terminal installations.

PSC
peripheral shelf controller

The peripheral shelf controller is a card used to manage all components of a


Peripheral shelf and communicate with the Control complex in a multishelf
configuration.

pseudowire
A pseudowire is an unshared point-to-point link that emulates Layer 2 services (such
as frame relay, ATM, or Ethernet) over an IP/MPLS core network. Pseudowires are
provisioned through the network by targeted LDP signaling.

PSTN
public-switched telephone network

PSTN is the worldwide voice telephone system.

PTSE
PNNI Topology State Element

PNNI Topology State Element is a collection of PNNI information that is flooded


among all logical nodes within a peer group.

PVC
permanent virtual circuit

A PVC is a defined virtual link with fixed endpoints set up by the network manager.
A single virtual path may support multiple PVCs.

QFIC
quad fabric interface card

A QFIC is a system card that provides four HISL terminations for a Peripheral shelf,
which provides data-path connectivity to a Switching shelf. The QFIC is used in a
multishelf configuration of the 7670 RSP.

QoS
quality of service

QoS is a term for the set of parameters and their values that determine the
performance of a virtual circuit.

RADIUS
Remote Authentication Dial In User Service

202
Glossary

RADIUS is a standardized method of information exchange between a device that


provides network access to users (RADIUS client) and a device that contains
authentication and profile information for the users (RADIUS server).

RAN
Radio Access Network

RAN is a part of the mobile network that performs the radio functionality, as well as
providing the connection to the CN (Core Network). The RAN typically includes a
controller (RNC, BSC elements) and several transmitter/receivers (Node B, BTS
elements).

RBE interface
routed bridged encapsulation interface

A Layer 3 interface on an ATM VC configured to use bridged Ethernet encapsulation.

RBOC
regional Bell operating company

RC4
Rivest cipher 4

A stream cryptographic algorithm that uses a variable-size symmetric key.

RCC
routing control channel

An RCC can be either a PVC or an SVCC connected through an NNI to a neighboring


logical node. The purpose of an RCC is to carry PNNI protocol messages to and from
neighboring nodes.

RDI
remote defect indication

A signal returned to the transmitting equipment upon detection of certain defects on


the incoming signal.

RED
random early discard

RED is a congestion control method that randomly discards complete AAL-5 packets.
The probability of discarding a packet increases as a function of the queue occupancy
or loading.

RFC
Request For Comments

203
Glossary

RFC is the name of the result and the process for creating a standard on the Internet.
New standards are proposed and published online as RFCs. The IETF is the
consensus-building body that facilitates discussion, and eventually a new standard is
established.

RFC is the prefix for all published IETF documents for Internet environment
standards; for example, the official standard for e-mail is RFC 822.
RFC documents typically define IP, TCP, and related application layer protocols.

RIB
routing information base

An internal table containing all of the routes known to a router. It includes routes
currently being used for IP forwarding as well as all known alternate routes.

RIP
routing information protocol

RIP is an IGP that uses distance vector routing and that is best suited for use in small,
homogenous networks.

RNC
Radio Network Controller

RP
rendezvous point

A PIM router that is designed as the root of a PIM-SM shared tree in IP multicast
applications. Join messages from receiving hosts for a multicast group are sent
towards the RP, and data from multicast sources is sent to the RP so that hosts can
receive the data and discover the senders.

Rp-NSC
resource partition - network service category

RSVP
resource reservation setup protocol

An IP-based protocol used for communicating application QoS requirements to


intermediate transit nodes in a network. RSVP uses a soft-state mechanism to
maintain the path and reservation state in each node in the reservation path.

RSVP-TE
resource reservation setup protocol—traffic engineering

See RSVP.

rt-VBR
real-time VBR

204
Glossary

rt-VBR supports variable bit rate traffic with sustained and peak traffic parameters
that requires strict delay control, such as packetized voice or video.

RU
rack unit

Rx
receiver

The receiver is any part of the equipment that decodes entering signals or data into
the desired form for use by the equipment.

SAC
switch access card

A SAC is a system card that provides the connection point for the Switching shelves
to the Control shelf or Peripheral shelves.

SCH card
scheduler card

An SCH card is a system card that analyzes and prioritizes the incoming cells crossing
the fabric by communicating with the SACs.

SDH
synchronous digital hierarchy

SDH is an ITU-T standard for optical interfacing that is technically consistent with
SONET.

SDLC
synchronous data link control

SDLC is a computer communications protocol. It is the Layer 2 protocol for IBM's


Systems Network Architecture (SNA).

SDU
service data unit

An SDU is the payload of a packet, excluding the header, padding, and trailer.

SFTP
secure file transfer protocol

See also FTP.

SGSN
Serving GPRS Support Node

205
Glossary

The SGSN monitors the location of an individual mobile station and performs security
functions and access control. In a UMTS network, the SGSN connects to the RNC over
the Iu-PS interface.

SHA-1
secure hash algorithm

A 160-bit unpatented hash algorithm.

SHDSL
single-pair high-speed digital subscriber line

SIP
Session Initiation Protocol

SIP is an application-layer control (signaling) protocol for creating, modifying, and


terminating sessions with one or more participants. These sessions include Internet
telephone calls, multimedia distribution, and multimedia conferences. Originally
specified in RFC 3261, it has been accepted as a 3GPP signaling protocol and
permanent element of the IMS architecture.

SIR
sustained information rate

SIR is the long-term average data transfer rate for a VPC or VCC path.

SLA
service-level agreement

An SLA is a service contract between a network service provider and a subscriber that
guarantees a particular QoS. SLAs are used for providing network availability and
data-delivery reliability.

S-LSP
signaled label-switched path

A signaled MPLS path used to send IP packets between interfaces.

SMC
SONET minimum clock

SMC is a synchronization quality on an OC3-2 or OC12-2 interface.

SMS
short messaging service

SMX card
switch matrix card

The six SMX cards are system cards that work together to create the switching fabric.

206
Glossary

SMZ connector
An SMZ connector is a 75O hm connector which features positive latching and quick
termination assembly method.

SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol

SNMP is the Internet network management protocol. It provides the means to


monitor and set network configuration and runtime parameters.

SONET
synchronous optical network

SONET is an optical interface standard that allows internetworking of transmission


products from multiple vendors and that defines a physical interface, optical line
rates known as OC signals, frame format and an OAM protocol. The base rate is
51.84 Mb/s (OC1), and higher rates are direct multiples of the base rate.

SPF
shortest path first

An algorithm used by IS-IS and OSPF to make routing decisions based on the state of
network links.

SPVC
soft permanent virtual circuit

An SPVC is a signaled, end-to-end network connection established as the result of an


operator command. The user defines the endpoint at the source UNI, and the system
dynamically establishes the network connections and maintains them for the duration
of the call.

SR
short range

SR is an optical fiber specification for carrier-cable length less than 2 km (1.2 mi.)

SRRP
single router redundancy protocol

SRRP is a proprietary Alcatel-Lucent protocol that is a subset of the VRRP protocol.


SRRP makes it possible for service providers to replace two redundant routers
configured with VRRP with a single 7670 RSP.

SS7
Common Channel Signaling System No. 7

SS7 (also called S7 or C7) is a global standard for telecommunications defined by the
International Telecommunications Union (ITU) Telecommunication Standardization
Sector (ITU-T). The standard defines the procedures and protocol by which network

207
Glossary

elements in the public switched telephone network (PSTN) exchange information


over a digital signaling network to effect wireless (cellular) and wireline call setup,
routing and control. The ITU definition of SS7 allows for national variants such as the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and Telcordia standards used in North
America and the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI)
standards used in Europe.

SSC
Switching shelf controller

SSH
secure shell

A UNIX-based command interface and protocol for securely getting access to a


remote computer. SSH is used in place of Telnet.

SSH is widely used by network administrators to control Web servers and other kinds
of servers remotely. SSH commands are encrypted and secure in several ways. Both
ends of the client/server connection are authenticated using a digital certificate, and
passwords are protected by being encrypted.

SSH version 2 (the latest version) is a proposed set of standards from the IETF.

SSM
service subscription manager

SSU
system synchronization unit

An SSU is the circuit that generates the system clocks (C4M, FP, C3M) from whatever
master clock source is selected.

STM
synchronous transfer mode

STM is a transport and switching method that depends on information occurring in


regular and fixed patterns with respect to a reference such as a frame pattern.

STS
synchronous transport signal

STS is an electrical variant of the SONET OC signal. The basic rate is 51.84 Mb/s;
higher rates are direct multiples of the base rate.

SVC
switched virtual circuit

An SVC is a signaled, end-to-end network connection. The user defines the endpoint
at the source UNI, and the system dynamically establishes the network connections
and maintains them for the duration of the call.

208
Glossary

SVCC
switched virtual channel connection

An SVCC is an end-to-end SVC formed by a series of linked VCs between cell relay
devices.

switching fabric
Switching fabric is the combination of hardware and software that moves data coming
into a network node out by the correct port to the next node in the network.
Switching fabric includes the switching units in a node, the integrated circuits that
they contain, and the programming that enables the control of switching paths. The
switching fabric is independent of the bus technology and infrastructure used to
move data between nodes, and also separate from the router. The term is sometimes
used to collectively mean all switching hardware and software in a network.

T1
transmission signal level 1

T1 is a digital transmission standard that conforms to AT&T Public 62411 at


1.544 Mb/s. It is the first level of the digital transmission hierarchy and is made up of
193 bits, grouped as one framing bit followed by 24 DS0 channels of 8 bits each. T1 is
the standard generally used in North America and Japan. It is also known as DS1. The
ETSI equivalent to T1 is E1.

TAC
test access connection

A TAC allows access to a target connection so that it can be tested for integrity.

TCP
transmission control protocol

TCP is a communication protocol that hosts on the internet use to communicate with
one another.

TDM
time division multiplexing

TDM is a process of sharing a communication channel among several users by


allowing each to use the channel for a given period of time in a defined, repeated
sequence.

TE
traffic extension

Telcordia
Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) is the organization responsible for
researching and creating telecommunication technologies and concepts that became
industry-wide standards.

209
Glossary

Telnet
Telnet is the Internet-standard TCP/IP protocol for remote terminal connection
service. It allows a user at one site to interact with a remote timesharing system at
another site as if the user’s terminal connected directly to the remote machine.

TOS
type of service

A bit field in the IP packet header that contains values indicating how each packet
should be handled in the network.

triple-play
Fully integrated solution for the delivery of media-rich voice, data, and video service
mix.

TS-CDMA
time division-synchronous code division multiple access

TS-CDMA is a 3G mobile telecommunications technology, formally announced as an


approved 3G standard in the People's Republic of China.

TTM
time to market

TTM is the length of time it takes from a product being conceived to its being available
for sale.

Tx
transmit

Tx means to send or carry signals or data from a device; any part of the equipment
that converts or encodes signals or data exiting from the equipment into the desired
form for transmission to other equipment.

UBR
unspecified bit rate

UBR is an ATM service type in which the network makes a “best effort” to meet the
transmission bandwidth requirements.

UDP
user datagram protocol

A connectionless transport-layer protocol in the TCP/IP protocol suite.


UDP is a simplified protocol that does not provide congestion management, packet
loss notification feedback, or error correction; UDP assumes these will be handled by
a high-layer protocol.

UDT
unstructured data transfer

210
Glossary

UDT is a method of transporting data using one stream so that the entire 1.544 Mb/s
T1 (DS1) stream is sent at once using up the whole bandwidth.

UMTS
universal mobile telephone system

UMTS is one of the 3G mobile phone technologies. In Europe, the European


Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) was responsible for the UMTS
standardisation process.

UNI
user-network interface

The UNI is the interface between ATM user equipment and an ATM network.

UTRAN
UMTS terrestrial radio access network

UTRAN is a collective term for the Node B and RNC network elements that make up
the UMTS terrestrial RAN.

VBN
virtual backbone network

A VBN is a virtual network formed by the partitioning and reservation of bandwidth


resources on links in an ATM service provider network that are used to establish
switched connections for a particular service.

VC
virtual connection

A VC is a defined route between two end nodes that may access multiple virtual paths.

VCC
virtual channel connection

A VCC is virtual channels in two or more sequential physical circuits concatenated to


create an end-to-end connection. A VCC represents a specific instance of a PVC,
SPVC, or SVC. A VCC may traverse one end-to-end VPC or several sequential VPCs.

VCCV
virtual circuit connection verification

VCI
virtual channel identifier

A VCI is the 16-bit number in an ATM cell header identifying the specific virtual
channel on which the cell is traversing on the current physical circuit.

211
Glossary

VLAN
virtual bridged LAN

A VLAN divides a physical LAN into multiple virtual LANs whose members are not
necessarily based on location. VLAN specifications are contained in IEEE 802.1Q.

VLL
virtual leased lines

VoBB
voice over broadband

VoBB is the use of broadband connections to deliver voice calls. Typically, services
are hosted, meaning customers enjoy traditional phone functionality without the
need to purchase a phone system at all. Calls are transmitted as IP packets to the host
company, where they either “break out” to the public networks or continue as IP calls
across the Internet. Due to the use of VoIP, calls can be delivered across the Internet
for free in some circumstances.

VoD
video on demand

VoIP
voice over IP

VoIP means sending voice information in digital form in packets rather than in the
traditional protocols of the PSTN.

VoP
voice over packet

The voice over packet application enables both voice and signaling information to be
transported over a packet network. In VoP systems, a gateway is needed to connect
network traffic between packet-switched and circuit-switched networks. Types of
VoP include VoIP, VoDSL, VoFR, and VoATM.

VP
virtual path

A VP is a group of virtual channels that can support multiple virtual circuits.

VPA shaping
virtual path aggregation shaping

VPA shaping is a commissioning capability that aggregates the traffic of multiple


VCCs terminating on the same VPI and shapes the aggregated traffic on the egress
port of a node to a particular VPC traffic descriptor, rather than shaping individual
VCCs to their own traffic descriptors.

212
Glossary

VPC
virtual path connection

VPI
virtual path identifier

A VPI is an 8-bit value used to identify an ATM path. The VPI is part of the ATM Layer
2 address in the 5-byte header of an ATM cell. The VPI is assigned on connection
setup by the devices at each end of a hop. Multi-hop VPC paths and VPC links use
multiple VPIs to go from source to destination. Each switch that the VPC traverses
cross-connects the VPC from one port and VPI to another port and VPI.

VPI/VCI
virtual path identifier/virtual channel identifier

The VPI and VCI are fields in the ATM cell header that combine to identify a
connection in the network.

VPN
virtual private network

VRF
virtual routing and forwarding table

A logically partitioned information store containing a set of routing and forwarding


information for a VPN or set of VPNs. This routing and forwarding information is
made available only to specific Layer 3 interfaces on the PE that provide network
connectivity for customer sites that are members of the VPN(s).

VRRP
virtual router redundancy protocol

VRRP is an election protocol that dynamically assigns responsibility for one or more
virtual routers to the VRRP routers on a LAN, enabling several routers on a
multi-access link to use the same virtual IP address. VRRP is designed to eliminate
the single point of failure inherent in the static default-routed environment.

VS/VD
virtual source/virtual destination

VS/VD provides early feedback about congestion.

WAN
wide area network

A WAN is a geographically dispersed, long-haul telecommunications network usually


made up of backbone links. The term distinguishes a broader telecommunication
structure from a local area network. A WAN may be privately owned or rented, but
the term usually connotes the inclusion of public networks that are highly regulated
and provide superior reliability and resilience.

213
Glossary

W-CDMA
wideband code division multiple access

W-CDMA is a type of 3G cellular network. W-CDMA is the higher speed transmission


protocol used in the UMTS.

X.121
ITU-T X.121

X.121 is a standard that describes the international numbering plan for public data
networks.

X.25
ITU-T X.25

X.25 defines the standard protocol for communication between packet-switched


public data networks and user devices in the packet-switched mode.

X.25 provides reliability and end-to-end guaranteed delivery of data.

XLR
extra long range

XLR is an optical-fiber specification for carrier-cable length greater than 110 km


(68.8 mi).

214
Index
Numbers architecture principles, 86
high performance, 87
3G networks high-availability, 86
converged infrastructure, 14 IP/MPLS and ATM functionality, 87
evolving 3G RAN aggregation to IP, 12 scalability, density, and flexibility, 86
mobile aggregation and backhaul, 8 ATM
mobile RAN aggregation, 11 connection resource display, 56
6PE, 80 cross-connections, 50
6VPE, 80 Ethernet services, 24
7670 ESE, 16 ILMI 4.0, 53
7670 RSP IMA, 52
broadband aggregation, 34 OAM PM, 56
combatting security threats, 126 PNNI routing, 53
Ethernet services, 23 standardized AINI support, 55
high speed Internet access, 35 switching architecture, 50
IP VPNs, 27 traffic management, 56
key value propositions, 2, 1 ATM pseudowires
MPLS convergence, 30 MPLS, 33
Multiservice IP/MPLS for mobile networks, ATM switching architecture
16 multishelf system, 50
network applications, 7 single-shelf system, 50
video services, 38
voice over broadband, 36 B
VoP using multiservice IP networks, 45
VPNs, 18 broadband
video architecture, 39
A broadband services, 35
aggregation, 34
admission control, 72 high speed access, 35
hierarchy, 72 video, 38
Layer 3 interfaces and LSPs, 72 voice over broadband, 36
transport interfaces, 72

215
Index

C E

control card Edge Services Card;See ESC


redundancy, 108 ESC, 99
SSC, 109 Ethernet Layer 2 VPNs
control card functions, 90 benefits, 24
alarm consolidation, 90 Ethernet transparent LAN service, 24
data spooling, 90 Ethernet-to-ATM service interworking over
network management interface support, 90 ATM, 26
node management support, 90 Ethernet-to-ATM service interworking over
routing and call processing, 90 MPLS, 26
control plane redundancy Ethernet-to-frame relay service
non-stop ATM signaling, 111 interworking over ATM, 25
Control shelf Ethernet-to-frame relay/ATM interworking
cards, 93 services, 25
circuit-card area, 93 MPLS convergence, 30
fan area, 93 services, 24
Control shelf cards VLL over MPLS, 25
CC2G, 93 VLL service, 24
CIC, 93 Ethernet services, 24
DFIC and QFIC, 93 7670 RSP VPN, 24
Facilities card, 93 ATM, 24
ICON I/O and ICON I/O expansion cards, 93 interworking, 25
ICON management card, 93 point-to-point, 24
converged MPLS data networks virtual leased line, 25
7670 RSP solution, 32 external management
benefits, 32 5620 Network Manager, 129
FR/ATM network interworking, 33 CLI, 129
MPLS core with ATM over MPLS, 33 network management functions, 129
ships-in-the-night mode, 32 SNMP, 129
cross-connections
PVCs, 50 F
SPVCs, 51
SVCs, 51 filters, 63
LSP tunnels, 63
D multiple parallel LSPs, 64
prefix-based filters, 64
data plane redundancy
APS/LCR redundancy, 111 G
LAG redundancy with LACP, 112
management interface redundancy, 112 Gigabit Ethernet
soft restart on software upgrades, 113 operating distance, 146
data plane security receive port optical parameters, 145
access list statistics, 118 transmit port optical parameters, 145
access lists for rate limiting, 118
access lists for traffic filtering, 118
packet filtering and copying of traffic, 118

216
Index

H IP data plane, 68
admission control, 72
high-availability DHCP relay, 73
control redundancy, 86 differentiated services and DSCP to CoS
diagnostics, 86 profile, 71
fabric redundancy, 86 DSCP remarking, 71
hitless upgrade, 86 ICMP, 70
infrastructure redundancy, 86 IP CoS, 70
mid-plane, 86 IP forwarding, 68
safety net, 86 IP interface groups, 69
high-speed Internet access, 35 MR48 line card IP interface, 69
multifield classification, 71
I packet filtering using access lists, 71
reverse path filtering, 72
routed bridged encapsulation, 69
I/O cards
SRRP, 70
1-port OC12c/STM4 I/O card, 102
IP multicast, 76
1-port OC48/STM16 Channelized I/O card,
IGMP, 77
103
PIM-SM, 78
1-port OC48c/STM16 I/O card, 103
static multicast, 77
2-port Gigabit Ethernet I/O card, 103
IP routing support, 73
2-port OC12c/STM4 I/O card, 102
benefits, 74
4-port OC12/STM4 Channelized I/O card,
CSPF for RSVP-TE, 75
103
ECMP, 76
4-port OC3c/STM1 I/O card, 102
graceful restart helper for BGP, 75
4-port STM1 Electrical I/O card, 102
graceful restart helper for OSPF, 76
8-port DS3 I/O card, 101
non-stop IP routing, 73
8-port OC3/STM1 I/O card, 102
non-stop RSVP-TE, 74
8-port OC3c/STM1 I/O card, 102
RIPv2 support, 75
8-port STM1 Electrical I/O card, 102
routing policies, 76
8-port STM1 Electrical MR48 card, 102
IP VPNs, 27, 81
infrastructure
7670 RSP solution, 81
control card redundancy, 108
ATM pseudowires over MPLS, 33
cooling redundancy, 110
ATM to IP/MPLS convergence, 32
power redundancy, 110
dedicated and differentiated tunnels, 81
redundancy, 106
high-availability architecture, 81
switching fabric redundancy, 106
import and export route targets support, 81
system timing redundancy, 110
Layer 2 and Layer 3 services support, 81
internal management
QoS and traffic management, 81
administrative layer, 130
virtualized DHCP relay, 81
alarms, 132
IP/MPLS, 61
control card, 130
7670 RSP as an LER, 62
database, 131
7670 RSP as an LSR, 62
database conversion, 131
filters, 63
indicators, 132
graceful restart for LDP, 65
LEDs, 132
IP data plane, 61
resource layer, 130
IP multicast, 61
system timing, 131
IP routing support, 61
MPLS signaling link protocols, 61

217
Index

S-LSP hierarchy, 61 M
S-LSP path modification without break, 61
S-LSP protection, 61 management plane security
S-LSPs, 61 CLI security through SSH, 123
IPv6, 79 cryptographic algorithms, 124
certification, 79 encrypted configuration databases, 123
ICMPv6, 80 event logging, 124
non-stop routing, 79 file transfer security using SFTP, 123
QoS, 79 login authentication using a RADIUS server,
services, 29 121
tunneling, 80 login authentication using the node
database, 121
K node management security through SNMP
v3, 123
key value propositions public key management, 124
comprehensive management solution, 2 redundant syslog servers for event logging,
FR and ATM services over converged MPLS 125
backbone, 2 secure protocols for node management, 122
new and traditional Layer 2 and Layer 3 secured local storage of passwords, 124
services, 2 user login authentication, 121
scalable architecture, 2 mobile networks
service resiliency, 2 7670 RSP, 16
converged infrastructure for 2 G, 2.5 G and
L 3 G, 14
mobile transport infrastructure, 8
Layer 2 VPNs, 20 advanced voice processing, 16
application achitectures, 27 IPv6 readiness, 16
ATM and frame relay Layer 2 VPNs, 22 network optimization, 16
benefits, 21 reliability, 16
Ethernet Layer 2 VPNs, 23 scalability, 16
frame relay-to-ATM network interworking, seamless migration to 3G services, 16
22 service flexibility, 16
frame relay-to-ATM service interworking, simplified operation, 16
23 SLA, 16
MPLS convergence, 30 MPLS
line cards, 99 ATM pseudowires, 33
ESC, 99 MPLS OAM, 68
Gigabit Ethernet, 100 MPLS signaling protocols, 65
IEEE 802.3ad link aggregation on GigE parallel links, 66
card, 101 signaling link types, 65
MR 16 ATM card, 100 multishelf
MR 16 POS card, 101 specifications, 150
MR 8 ATM/IP card, 101 multishelf system, 91
MR48 channelized card, 100 control plane, 95
OC48c/STM 16 SONET/SDH ATM card, 101 control shelf, 92

218
Index

N platform security
DoS resiliency, 117
network applications, 7, 7 hardened real-time operating system, 116
high speed Internet access, 35 multiprocessor availability, 117
MPLS convergence, 30 non-stop services, 117
video services, 38 resource utilization metering, 117
voice over broadband, 36 separate routing and control plane, 117
VoP, 45 PNNI
new features address summarization, 54
ATM networking, 6 hierarchy, 53
IP features, 6 policy-based routing, 55
MPLS features, 6 restricted transit, 54
security, 6 routing, 53
system features, 6 routing support for exterior reachable
NGN VoP with IP networks, 45 address, 54
7670 RSP benefits, 37 topology database display, 53
ATM network requirements, 46 PSC card redundancy, 109
end office displacement, 47 Pseudowires, 83
IP/MPLS requirements, 47
toll office displacement, 45 R
VoBB solution, 37
voice over broadband, 36 redundancy
control plane, 111
O data plane, 111
switching fabric, 106
OAM PM, 56 routing plane security
OAM round-trip delay, 56 IP routing and signaling, 119
round-trip delay, 56 MD5 authentication between routing peers,
operating distance 120
Gigabit Ethernet, 146 network control plane, 119
optical parameters per-IP-flow rate limiting, 120
Gigabit Ethernet resistance to DoS attacks, 119
receive port, 145
transmit port, 145 S

P S-LSPs, 64
fast reroute, 68
peripheral shelf, 96 fault detection, 67
cards, 97 path modification without break, 66
circuit-card area, 97 protection, 67
fan area, 97 reversion, 67
peripheral shelf cards tunnel, 66
DFIC and QFIC, 97 security
Facilities card, 97 data plane, 118
PIC, 97 management plane, 120
PSC card, 97 platform level, 116
routing plane, 119

219
Index

single-shelf cards T
CC2G, 90
CIC, 90 traffic management capabilities, 56
facilities, 90 ATM call failure diagnostic, 59
switch, 91 CAC, 58
single-shelf system congestion control, 58
breaker panel and power termination area, network congestion management, 57
88 QoS parameters, 57
cards, 89 service categories, 57
circuit-card area, 88 traffic policing and shaping, 58
fan area, 89 VP aggregation shaping for CBR VPs, 58
layout, 88
single-shelf to multishelf upgrade, 98 V
specifications
multishelf, 150
video services using DSL and IP networks
SPVCs, 51, 51
ATM multicast model, 41
hitless SPVC moves using DBR, 52
broadcast TV architecture, 39
network call correlation identifier, 52
DSLAM aggregation, 34
point-to-multipoint, 52
IP multicast model, 39
SSC card redundancy, 109
video on demand architecture, 42
standardized AINI support
voice over broadband, 36
link loop detection, 55
VoIP
switching fabric
Class 4
redundancy in multishelf system, 107
toll office displacement, 45
redundancy in single-shelf system, 106
Class 5
Switching shelf, 95
end office displacement, 47
switching shelf
VPNs
cards, 96
ATM and frame relay, 22
circuit-card area, 95
Ethernet services, 23
fan area, 96
IP, 27
SAC card, 96
IPv6 services, 29
SCH and SMX cards, 96
Layer 2, 20
SSC card, 96
system architecture, 85
architecture principles, 85
I/O cards, 101
line and I/O cards, 99
multishelf configuration, 85
peripheral shelf, 85
single-shelf to multishelf configuration
upgrade, 85
supported line cards and I/O cards, 85
switching shelf, 85
system configurations, 87
single-shelf system, 87
system management, 127
external, 128
Layer 2 and Layer 3, 128
system reliability and redundancy, 105

220
Customer documentation and product support

Customer documentation
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/osds

Product manuals and documentation updates are available through the Alcatel-Lucent Support
Documentation and Software Download service at alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new user
and require access to this service, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.

Technical support
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support

Customer documentation feedback


documentation.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com
© 2007 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
3HE03271 AAAA TQZZA Edition 01

You might also like